Upload
others
View
2
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
bull
RAJKOT
(Re- Accredited Grade B by NAAC CGPA 293)
Faculty ofBusiness Management
Syllabus
For
Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA)
Choice Based Credit System
Effective From
JUNE - 2010
bullObjective of this course will be to prepare young persons for junior executive positions in various commercial industrial and non-Profit organizations bull
OIlIlA - 1 A candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) must havc passed [he Higher Secondary (1211 Standard School Certificate Examination of the Gujaral Secondary Education Board or an examination recognized as equivalent thereto and will be required 10 pass all Six semester of BBA cxaminntion for (he Degree of Business Adn1inistralion
OIlBA-2 Admission to first semester BBA will be granted to an applicant who is eligible 10 apply for admission to first semester BBA as per university rules on strictly in order of merit determined on the basis of marks Preference will be given to those who have passed to HSC Examination in the immediate preceding year
OBBA - 3 Admission to second year (Third Semester) BBA will be granted to students who have passed Diploma in Commereial Practice Examination from TEBGTU
OBBA - 4 An affiliated college or institution eonducting BBA course wiu not be allo-ed 10 admit more than 60 students to First semester BBA Course
OBBA -5 Medium of instruction amp examination shall be Englisn
RBBA -I The duration of this course will be of three years divided into SlX semesters This will be full time course and candidate admitted to this course wilt not be allowed to join any other course simultaneously
RBBA -2 Thc candidate admitted to First semester BBA will be eligible to appear at the university examination provided he she fulfiUg the following conditions
HeShe fulfils conditions of minimum attendance as laid down in Ordinance of the Sauraltohtra UniverSity
RBBA -3 The Scheme ofexamination and distribution of marks for the various subjects ofstudy at the First Second Third Fourth) Fifth and Six Semester BBA Examinations under three years course will be as snown in the table I H lIlt IV V and Vi respeclively
RBBA-4 Candidates desirous of appearJng at the University Semester BBA Examination must forward their applications in the prescribed form aecompanied by a certificate of attendance to the Registrar through the PrineIpal of the College on or before the date prescribed for the purpose under the relevant Ordinance (s)
2
RBIlA - 5 The CBCS is student centric not only in the teaching-learning processes but also in their evaluation process In caes the evaluation process is divided into two parts under the CDeS The first part-consists of Comprehensive Continuous Assessment (eCA) and the second part eonsists of the Semester end examination The division of marks between the two shall be as per the clause 324 In the CBeS the evaluation process shail follow the norm that the faculty who teaches the course shall conduct the Comprehensive Continuous Assessment (eCA) and the Semester end examination (SEE) The coneerned faeulty shall be accountable for transparency and reliability of the entire evaluation of the student in the concerned Course 51 The framework for ComUllbensive Continuous Asscsmcnt
Although assessment and evaluation process in CBeS is in continuous mode [or the purpose of finally letting the candidate know hisfher progress periodically an assessment is divided into four discrete components for reporting the scores to the studefl1 as earned by him or her
The detaiJs of tbe Continuous Assessment are summarized in the Table below Component l Units covered Mode of Weightage Period of
In a course Evaluation Continuous assessment
I t S1 30 Assignments 10 First part of the semester To be completed by 5111 week
2 2 30 MCQTest 10 Second part of the semester To be completed by lOlh week
- shyJ Remaining~ Seminar 10 Third part of
40 Presentation Ihe semester To be completed by 151h week
-~100 Semester end 170 To be
[4 Examination completed 18111between
Iand 20h week-__-- I
511 The CAe (Conege Advisory Council) shall announce policy for CCA for all the courses in the college in the begiMing of the Semester and the same shall be communieated to the students
S12 The continuous assessment and scores of first part of the semester shall be completed during the SIb week of the semester
51J The continuous assessment and SCQres of the sceond part ofthc semester shall be completed during the 10111 week of the semester
3
54 The continuous assessment and scores of Ihird part of the semester will be completed during the IStt week of Ihe semester
515 In case a student falls to secure 12 out of 30 in the CCA (all three components taken together) heshe shat not be sHowed to appear for the Semester end examination Ifcandidate is nOf appearing in internal examination he I she will be allowed one more chance to appear for retest and hislher passing marks (Actual marks obtained in relest or passing marks which ever is less) wm be consider for grade only
52 Semester End Examination (SEE)
During the 1811 to 20lh week of (he Semester a semester-end examination shall be
conducted
The duration of the semester~end examination shall be 3 hours pcr eoursc A question paper for semester~end -examination shaH not expect the student to reproduce the answers by memorizing the topics but it shall rather examine the candidates creativity comprebension problem so1ving ability interpretation and awareness capabilities
53 Final awarding of the Grades shan be completed latest by 241h week of the semester
The head of the College shall forward to the controller of Examination the consolidated marks of all the students in CCA for final computation of the Grade and announcement of the result
~~ II 1 The resuU ofthe evaluated component sball be communicated to tbe I students within 7 days of tbe completion eaeh component
2 The final gra~~~h~~ be announced latest by 24th week ____~Jl 54 EracticaJ ExaminanQJJ
Practical examination (wherever applicable) shall be conducted at the cnd of every semester The examination shall be conducted as per nonns decided by the concerned authority of the university Dean of Faculty shall aMouncc policy for the practical examination in advanced and it shan be made knov-n to the students also in advance There shall be no internal assessment test for practicallaboratory work
55 ProiectDissertation work be Project Work and the Supervisor shall be assigned to the student by the concerned college well in advance and viva examination shall be organized as pcr nOrms decided by the concerned authority ofthe University
4
RBBA - 6 PROMOTION RE-ADMISSION RULES ~ MAXIMUM TIME FOR COMPLETION OF COURSE
6 Rules of promotion shall be as under
Gl From semester I to semester II if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester I and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the inlcrnal asessment component
612 From semester II to semester HI if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester II and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and seeures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the internal assessment component of semester 11 and clears 5000 of a total courses of semester I and II
613 From semester Ul to semester IV if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester II and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the intema1 assessment component of semester HI and clears all the courses ofsemester I and 11
614 From semester iV to semester V if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester V and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the internal assessment component of semesler V and clears 50 of the total course of semester HI and IV
615 From semester V to semester VI if a student undergoes a regular course ofstudy of the semester VI and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the internal assessment component of semester Vi and clears all the courses of semester III and 1V
6 L6 Regarding the declaration of the result the University shalt declare the result of the third Semester only when the student has cleared the first semester comple~ely It shall declare the result of the fourth semester only when the students has cleared the Semester Ii examination completely This pattern shall be fHowed ahead in the same spirit
61 J There shall be no provision for the Remedial Examination for lhe students who fail in the Semester-End Examination
618 The Semesters shall remain as foHows Odd Semesters) Sib June to 14u1 December Even Semesters lSh December to 141b June
619 The First Semester Examination period shall be from 181b October 2010 to 141h November 2010
6110 The odd semester vacation shall be from lSI December to 141h Dccember2010 The SUmmer vacation shall be of six weeks
62 Rules and the Procedure lor granting Re~admisdon to the student shall be as under
5
621 who had no put in the required attendance in a cOllrse in the conc~m Programme of a semester and thus detained or
622 who had not cleared the required nwnber of Courses aod thus detained or
623 who had not after completing a semester continued tbe studies in the ncxt immediJte semester 00 personalhealth grounds but desired to continue hislher studies after a short break such a student shall be eligible to rejoin the Programme from where heshe had left it subject to clause 625 amp 626
624 A student who had put in not less than 40 of attendance in a semester and nol registered for the examination shall be considered for the re-admission in the same semester
625 The student who after completing the first two semesters Programme ifopts out of the Programme then he or she shall be eligible to rejoin the Programme subject to the time period elapsed has not exeeeded two years
626 Such readmissions shall be granted by the Principal of the concerned college directly subjeet to the fulfillment ofihe following Cllditiolls
a) The concerned teachers have granted the attendance of the Course in eaeh semester
b) The student shall complete the Progranune within double the duration of the Programme from the year of the original admission
c) No readmission shall be granted after the first four weeks of the Semester in which heshe is seeking admission
627 Readmission shaH not be applicable middotto the Programme in which admission is granted by a Central Admission Committee college it self
628 The Six-semester (three year) Programme shall be completed by a student within double the duration of the nonnal Programme period (ie 6 years)
Note The provisional grade card wili be issued at the end of every semester indicating the course completed successfully Upon succeSsfully completion of Bachelor degree Program a final grade card which shan consists ofgrades ofaU courses will be issued by the Controller of Examinations of the University Such a final grade card may be formed as shown in the RBBA -7
RBBA-7 Award of Grades SGPA CGrA
Qredits~Grade Let~er Gracie PointsCredit Pojnts
71 Credit means the unit by whieh the course work is measured In these Regulations one credit means one hour of teaching work or two hours of practical work per week
12 Grade Letter is an index to indicate the performance of a student in a particular course (Paper) It is the transformation of actual marks secured by a student in a coursepaper h is indicated by a Grade tetter OABCDEF There is a range of marks for each Grade Letter
73 GradePoint is weightagc allotted to each grade letter depending on the marks awarded in a coursepaper
6
Grade
i Point(Gl
Lower
i (Al
limit Upper
(B)
limit For deciding the
grade point Grade
Letters ranges
1 2 3
4
5
LOest 4 30 39 I 30lt~Plt40 F
i 5 40 49 40lt~PltSO E 6
50 59 50lt=Plt60 D
7
8 60
70 I 69
79
60lt=Plt70
70=Plt80
C
B
9 80 89 80lt=Plt90 A
~i~bcst 10 90 99 90lt=Plt~IOO 0
The semestcNnd Grade Point Average (SOFA) and the CouTse~end Cumulative
Grade Point Average (COPA) are computed as follows
Credit Points Credit of the course (Cr) x Grade secured in the course (G)
Sum ofall Credit Points secured by the student in the ~mester SGPA m _ bullbullbullbullbullbull
Sum of Credits assigned to the Courses in the Semester
Sum ofall Credit Points of the entire Programme
CGPAm
Sum of Credits up to the end of the Programme
The COPA shall be expressed to an accuracy of three decimal digits
The percentage equivalence shall be obtained by multiplying COPA with 10
The descnpttve gradation shaU be based on the scale IlIVen III the followmg table
CGPA Description gradation if required)
Equivalence
(if req uired)
75lt=CGPA lt~10 CGPAxIO~~------~D~IS~T~jN~C~T~j~O~N-------4 6ltmCOPAlt 75 CGPAx 10 FIRST CLASS
5ltmCGPA lt6 COPA x 10 SECOND CLASS 4ltmCGPA~~~______~C~G~P~A~K~IO~-L________~P~A~S~S~C~L~A~S~S
7
Semester-I Course Coursmiddote--filfe-M~-- ------middotmiddot-rComiddotu-rse-~N~o--of1
I Calegory Credits Hrs Per Ii
Week i ~-l+-__-ECore Principles of Management -1 3 1 3 ~-l+~__+Cmiddotomiddot~rc=_middot---ttFoCorm~SpoundOCf~B~u-s-iness=30rganiza--tio-n-s-1----tmiddotmiddotmiddot-3-middotmiddot_---cJ--i1
Core Growth amp Structure of Industries 3 __ I 3 -~~---~C~o~re~--tP~ri-n~Ci~p~le-s-o~fE~co-n-o-m~i~c-~71~(N~ic-r-o~)---~-~J ---3~~
---t-Co-re----Office Automation i+2f--fi f-c-r----hEI-e-ctivc-e-~Pr~in-c-ipl-e-s-amppcra-ctic--o-f-A-cmiddotmiddotc-o-un-in-g--I--+-3 I 3 j
---~E~I-ec~t~ivmiddote--- ~B-u~si~n-e~-m-a-h-e-n-lat~ic-~l-------~ 3 3
Found Communication Skm~I 3 I 3 I --
1 Credit
Course Structure DBA Semcst(r~Il
N Course Course Course Title ICoorse Noof 0 Code i Category Credits Hrs Per I
Week
I 201 Core Principles of Management-II 3 J ___ M
2 202 Core Forms ofBusiness Organization-II 3 3
3 i 203 Core Practical Studies 3 3
4-204 Core Principles of Economics-U (Macro) i
J 3
5 205 Core Office Automation 2+2 4
I6 206 Elective Principles amp Practice of Accounting-II 3 J
7 107 Elective Business Mathematics~II 3 3 S- 208 Found Communication Skill-Ii 3 3
2 PractlCal- 1 Credit
8
BBA Semoster-I (Effective from June - 2010)
101 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- I
Objectives This course presents introductory aspects of business management It focuses on meaning importance and functions of business management The objective is 10 help he students understand the fundamental concepts and principles ofmanagemenL
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Introduction - Definitions - Charaetedslies _ fmportance - Management Process and Functions - Management as an Art and Science - Management as a Profession shyU nivcrsalily of Management
UNIT 2 PLANNING Introduction Definitions - Charaeteristics - Importance - Planning Process - Planning Premises - Elements or Types of Plan DeciSion-making - Definitions and Process Forecasting - Meaning and Process
UNIT 3 ORGANISING Introduction - Definitions of Organising - Organising Process - PrinciplesQualities of Good Organisatioll~ Delegation and Deeentralisation - Concept and Difference Brief Idea Merits and Demerits of Functional Organisation Committee Organisation Concept of Matrix and Project Organisation _
UNIT 4 STAFFING AND DIJlECTlNG Staffing Introduction - Definition - ImpOrtance - Brief Idea of Main Staffing functions Directing - Introduction - Definition - Direcling and Coordination shyImportance ~ Brief Idea of Directing Tools (Definitions and Features of Leadership Motivation Communication and Supervision) - Communication Process and Barriers in Communieation
UNIT 5 CONTROLLING Introduction - Definition - Controlling Process - Importance of Controlling - Brief idea ofControUing Techniques - Ideal Controlling System
JlEFERENCE BOOKS
1 Rao VSP and Krishna v Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New Delhi
2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice ofManagemenl Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
9
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
102 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION- I
Objectives To make the students familiar with different forms ofbusiness organizations their formation and managemenL
UNIT I
HUMAN OCCUPATION (Meaning features objectives and scope of following) t Business (Inclusive of Industry and commerce) 2 Profession ) Employment 4 Vocation
b BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS (Only conceptual clarity of followings three types ofsystems not detailed study) I Capilalism 2 Socialism 3 Mixed economy
UNIT 2
a fORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION Sole proprietorship Partnership Joint Stock Company~ Comiddotoperative society Public Enterprise Non-profit organization
b SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits
UNIT 3
a PARTNERSHIP Meaning characteristics j fonnation merits and demerits Types of Partnership firm Limited Liability Partnership Conversion of Partnership in to
Joint Stock Company
UNIT 4
a JOINT STOCK COMPANY Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Types of company the concept ofOne Person Company
b CO-OPERA T[VE SOCIETY Meaning characteristics fonnation merits and demerits Multi-State Cooperative Socity
UNIT 5
a PUBLIC ENTERPRISE Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits Role of Public Enterprise in infrastructure development
b NON-PROFIT ORGAN[SATION Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Role arNon-profit organization d~veiopment of society
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Fundamentals or Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan Suhanchand and Sons
2 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar
10
BRA Semester - (Effective from June - 2010)
103 -GROW111 AND STRUCTURE OF INDUSTRIES
Objecthcs To make the students familiar with the pattern of industries in India its history growth and future prospectus
UNIT L a Types oflndU5tries~ Location factors affecting industries b Small-scale industries in India- Definitions importance problems and
government measures UNIT 2
3 Industrial Policies- Current fndustrial Policies ofGovemment of India UNIT 3
a Governments role as promoter as a financier to Small Medium and Large Scale industries through Public Financial Institutions
UNIT 4 a Infrastructure as key Industrial inpul- Transport telecommunication and energ) sector
UNIT 5 a Industrial Sickness- Meaning current scenario causes and measures to
eliminate sickness b Technological changes in Indian Industries reCent trends its economic and
non-eeonomic sickness
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Indian Economy -By K V Sivayya 2 Indian Economy~ By Mishra and Puri 3 Indian Economy- By Sunderaro Dutt 4 Business Environment- Frnacis Cherunilam 5 Business Environment -ByMatherw
II
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
104 - Principles of Economics -I (MICRO-ECONOMICS)
J Defmition ofeconomics Classical Neo-classieai and scarcity defmition of economies Nature and Scope ofcoonomies ofeeonomics
2 Utility Utility total utility and marginal utility Law ofdiminishing marginal utility Law of equc-marginat utility
3 Theory of demand and supply meaning factors affecting to effective demand law of demand exceptions Meaning faetors affecting to supply and law of supply
4 Elasticity of demand meaning types ofit factors affecting to elasticity of demand methods to measure price elasticity ofdemand and practical significance of price elasticity ofdemand
5 Market structure meaning and features of perfect competition monopoly oligopoly and monopoJistie competition
Reference books
I Micro economics- by SKAgarwala Excel Books New DeihL 2 Business Economics- by M Adhikary Excel Books New DeIhL 3 Principles of eoonomics by PMBhutani-Taxmans 4 Micro-economics by DMMithani -Himalaya pub S Principles ofeeonomics bysundhram Vaish
12
BBA Scmesler-I (Effective from June - 2010) 105 - OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help Ihe students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50lVo and Practical 50
UNIT 1 COMPUTER An overview of hardware Input devices and Media Output
device and Media Main Storage Auxiliary or Backing storage Communication Equipment and System [nterconnection
UNIT2 INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM (MICROSOF WINDOWS 98)
1 Navigating Desktop (moving arranging line up icons) Taskbar properties 2 Windows 98 accessories WordPad Paint Calculator Sound recorder CD Player
System tools (concept of Scan disk Disk Defragmentation)
UNIT 3 1 Dialog Box- Display property Drive property File property 2 File and Foders- Crealion of Folders Copying Moving and Deleting files
and folderS file management utility Windows 98 explorer and creation of shortcut
3 Desktop icons- My computer (eoncept of connected drivers printer) Control Panel (mouse keyboard and dateJtime) Recycle bin
4 Printing offiles
UNIT 4 1 File Properties File name Size Creation Date amp Time and Attributes
Viewing properties 2 Customlzing the Start Manu Start menu properties adding amp removmg
programs Clearing doeument menu
UNIT S WORD PROCESSOR PACKAGE (MICROSOFT WORD 2003)
1 Concept of word proeessor 2 Screen components ofMS Word 2003 Window 3 Page setup fonnatting of page page preview 4 Creation of neW document opening existing documents saving dltKument
printing document 5 Seleeting copying pasting moving and formatting text text box formatting
paragraphs work art 6 MaH merge utility
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 ABC of WindowM 98 BPB Publication 2 Window~98 6 in Prantiee Hall Pubtlcation 3 Microsoft Offiee- 2003 Complete BPB Publieation 4 Word-20m No experLence required BPS Publication 5 Microsoft Word~ 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 6 ExceU-200J No experience required BPB Publication
Note Unit - t to 4 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 5 for 50 Marks Practical Exam
13
BBA Semester - I (Effective from June - 2010)
106middot PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCv
Level of knowledge Only basic vorking knowledge is required
Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statements
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I 3 Definition Nature and Scope of Accounting b Concept and Conventions ofAccounting Accounting as a Measurement
discipline Relationship of accounting with economics and statislics Role of Accountant Terns U$ed in financial accounting
c Business Transactions - Meaning and Classification Classification of Account Rules of Debit and Credit Accounting equation
UNIT2 a Journal Ledger Posting and Balancing of ledger accounts
UNIT 3 a Purchase Book Sales Book Purchase Rcturn Book Sales Return Book b Cash Book and Petty Cash Books
UNIT 4 s Preparation of Final Accounts- Trial Balance frofit amp Loss Account and Baianee
Sheet Closing entries Adjustments entries (Sole Proprietorship only)
UNIT 5 a Accounting Errors - Types of Errors Rectification of Errors Effects of
Errors on Final Accounts b Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Financial Accounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principles and Practice of Accountillg~ by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3Jntroduction to Accountancy-by SN Maheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentilte Han India New Delhi) 5Finaneial Accounting By Ashish Bhattacharya ( Prentice Hail India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by Pc Tusian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CONcw
Delhi) 7Principlcs and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-DalaI (BSShah Ahmedabad) 8Principles and Practice of Accounlancy -by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad)
14
BBA SemesteT-1 (Effective from June - 2010)
107 -Business Mathematics-J
2
__ r-2~---1 Properties of (Q 3 Plogres~io~___
31 i Definitions ofPr ~2 IArithIDetic Progr ~3 I Geometric Progr ~~~~~~~~~rogl35 I n term and sum
___116 pielaion betwee 4 ~~~~t~~~and Com
4J__LMeaning o[Pc_ ~2_ I Pemlutations of r~__Lg~~~ Permu 44~_Pennutio~oi ~ Restricted Penn ~46_ Meaning o[Com binations
~-~---------~~-~-----~~-~-~~l
47 Com~JementX Theore___~~__~_ -----I 48 Restricted Comb inations
----------~-~--shy
49 i Combinations of things nOI all d~fferent _______ 5 ~athi~at~aIInduction and Binomial Theo=m--_~_____
51 Introduction M athematicallnduction ~ -~ 52 Princip~es ofMathcmatica Induction arurreia~~pf~~~~~shy53 Introduction of Binomial Theorem Position of Terrns
L 11~ BiiomralCoe~cients BIMffiial Theorem wlthanyIOdex--- Reference Books J Business Mathematks D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor(S Chand amp Sons) 2 Mathematics for Economics and Business - KS Bhardwaj Excel Books New
Delhi 3 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tala McGraw-HilI) 4 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Gne Alka Goel (Taxroanns)
15
(Effective from June - 2010)
108 -COMMUNICATION SKILLS-I
Mark 70 Theory and 30 Practical
1 Source Text for Languagc- Vou can Win - Shiv Khcra -4 chapters
30 marks theory - l2 lectures 10 marks presentation 011 any Management Personality - lectures
2 Introduction to Business Communication
Communication Process Effective Business Communication (5Cs) Roadblocks to Effective Communication Improving Communication At Organisational level At individual level
Cross cultural communication
15 marks theory - 7 lectures 5 marks c1ass test - I lecture
3 Effective Written Communication
Language Layout Formal of Business Letters Writing Smart Business E mails Rules for Precis Writing Abstract Writing for Projects Research papers
15 marks theory - () lectures 5 marks Precis Writing Exercises- 2 lectures
4 Grammar The teacher would revise the theory of language and grammar studied by the students in schoo and then there should be a praetical presentation by the students covering different aspects of grammarl language like punctuation articles prepositions tenses and their ilk The students can use various means like role~plays dialogue delivery debates group discussions to show their comprehension of grammatical components It would be the discretion of the teaeher to assign tltem the topics aspects for presentation
10 marks theory ~ 8 1ectures 10 marks for activity - 4 lectures
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Business Communication by MK Sehgal Excel Books New Delhi
16
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
bullObjective of this course will be to prepare young persons for junior executive positions in various commercial industrial and non-Profit organizations bull
OIlIlA - 1 A candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) must havc passed [he Higher Secondary (1211 Standard School Certificate Examination of the Gujaral Secondary Education Board or an examination recognized as equivalent thereto and will be required 10 pass all Six semester of BBA cxaminntion for (he Degree of Business Adn1inistralion
OIlBA-2 Admission to first semester BBA will be granted to an applicant who is eligible 10 apply for admission to first semester BBA as per university rules on strictly in order of merit determined on the basis of marks Preference will be given to those who have passed to HSC Examination in the immediate preceding year
OBBA - 3 Admission to second year (Third Semester) BBA will be granted to students who have passed Diploma in Commereial Practice Examination from TEBGTU
OBBA - 4 An affiliated college or institution eonducting BBA course wiu not be allo-ed 10 admit more than 60 students to First semester BBA Course
OBBA -5 Medium of instruction amp examination shall be Englisn
RBBA -I The duration of this course will be of three years divided into SlX semesters This will be full time course and candidate admitted to this course wilt not be allowed to join any other course simultaneously
RBBA -2 Thc candidate admitted to First semester BBA will be eligible to appear at the university examination provided he she fulfiUg the following conditions
HeShe fulfils conditions of minimum attendance as laid down in Ordinance of the Sauraltohtra UniverSity
RBBA -3 The Scheme ofexamination and distribution of marks for the various subjects ofstudy at the First Second Third Fourth) Fifth and Six Semester BBA Examinations under three years course will be as snown in the table I H lIlt IV V and Vi respeclively
RBBA-4 Candidates desirous of appearJng at the University Semester BBA Examination must forward their applications in the prescribed form aecompanied by a certificate of attendance to the Registrar through the PrineIpal of the College on or before the date prescribed for the purpose under the relevant Ordinance (s)
2
RBIlA - 5 The CBCS is student centric not only in the teaching-learning processes but also in their evaluation process In caes the evaluation process is divided into two parts under the CDeS The first part-consists of Comprehensive Continuous Assessment (eCA) and the second part eonsists of the Semester end examination The division of marks between the two shall be as per the clause 324 In the CBeS the evaluation process shail follow the norm that the faculty who teaches the course shall conduct the Comprehensive Continuous Assessment (eCA) and the Semester end examination (SEE) The coneerned faeulty shall be accountable for transparency and reliability of the entire evaluation of the student in the concerned Course 51 The framework for ComUllbensive Continuous Asscsmcnt
Although assessment and evaluation process in CBeS is in continuous mode [or the purpose of finally letting the candidate know hisfher progress periodically an assessment is divided into four discrete components for reporting the scores to the studefl1 as earned by him or her
The detaiJs of tbe Continuous Assessment are summarized in the Table below Component l Units covered Mode of Weightage Period of
In a course Evaluation Continuous assessment
I t S1 30 Assignments 10 First part of the semester To be completed by 5111 week
2 2 30 MCQTest 10 Second part of the semester To be completed by lOlh week
- shyJ Remaining~ Seminar 10 Third part of
40 Presentation Ihe semester To be completed by 151h week
-~100 Semester end 170 To be
[4 Examination completed 18111between
Iand 20h week-__-- I
511 The CAe (Conege Advisory Council) shall announce policy for CCA for all the courses in the college in the begiMing of the Semester and the same shall be communieated to the students
S12 The continuous assessment and scores of first part of the semester shall be completed during the SIb week of the semester
51J The continuous assessment and SCQres of the sceond part ofthc semester shall be completed during the 10111 week of the semester
3
54 The continuous assessment and scores of Ihird part of the semester will be completed during the IStt week of Ihe semester
515 In case a student falls to secure 12 out of 30 in the CCA (all three components taken together) heshe shat not be sHowed to appear for the Semester end examination Ifcandidate is nOf appearing in internal examination he I she will be allowed one more chance to appear for retest and hislher passing marks (Actual marks obtained in relest or passing marks which ever is less) wm be consider for grade only
52 Semester End Examination (SEE)
During the 1811 to 20lh week of (he Semester a semester-end examination shall be
conducted
The duration of the semester~end examination shall be 3 hours pcr eoursc A question paper for semester~end -examination shaH not expect the student to reproduce the answers by memorizing the topics but it shall rather examine the candidates creativity comprebension problem so1ving ability interpretation and awareness capabilities
53 Final awarding of the Grades shan be completed latest by 241h week of the semester
The head of the College shall forward to the controller of Examination the consolidated marks of all the students in CCA for final computation of the Grade and announcement of the result
~~ II 1 The resuU ofthe evaluated component sball be communicated to tbe I students within 7 days of tbe completion eaeh component
2 The final gra~~~h~~ be announced latest by 24th week ____~Jl 54 EracticaJ ExaminanQJJ
Practical examination (wherever applicable) shall be conducted at the cnd of every semester The examination shall be conducted as per nonns decided by the concerned authority of the university Dean of Faculty shall aMouncc policy for the practical examination in advanced and it shan be made knov-n to the students also in advance There shall be no internal assessment test for practicallaboratory work
55 ProiectDissertation work be Project Work and the Supervisor shall be assigned to the student by the concerned college well in advance and viva examination shall be organized as pcr nOrms decided by the concerned authority ofthe University
4
RBBA - 6 PROMOTION RE-ADMISSION RULES ~ MAXIMUM TIME FOR COMPLETION OF COURSE
6 Rules of promotion shall be as under
Gl From semester I to semester II if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester I and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the inlcrnal asessment component
612 From semester II to semester HI if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester II and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and seeures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the internal assessment component of semester 11 and clears 5000 of a total courses of semester I and II
613 From semester Ul to semester IV if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester II and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the intema1 assessment component of semester HI and clears all the courses ofsemester I and 11
614 From semester iV to semester V if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester V and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the internal assessment component of semesler V and clears 50 of the total course of semester HI and IV
615 From semester V to semester VI if a student undergoes a regular course ofstudy of the semester VI and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the internal assessment component of semester Vi and clears all the courses of semester III and 1V
6 L6 Regarding the declaration of the result the University shalt declare the result of the third Semester only when the student has cleared the first semester comple~ely It shall declare the result of the fourth semester only when the students has cleared the Semester Ii examination completely This pattern shall be fHowed ahead in the same spirit
61 J There shall be no provision for the Remedial Examination for lhe students who fail in the Semester-End Examination
618 The Semesters shall remain as foHows Odd Semesters) Sib June to 14u1 December Even Semesters lSh December to 141b June
619 The First Semester Examination period shall be from 181b October 2010 to 141h November 2010
6110 The odd semester vacation shall be from lSI December to 141h Dccember2010 The SUmmer vacation shall be of six weeks
62 Rules and the Procedure lor granting Re~admisdon to the student shall be as under
5
621 who had no put in the required attendance in a cOllrse in the conc~m Programme of a semester and thus detained or
622 who had not cleared the required nwnber of Courses aod thus detained or
623 who had not after completing a semester continued tbe studies in the ncxt immediJte semester 00 personalhealth grounds but desired to continue hislher studies after a short break such a student shall be eligible to rejoin the Programme from where heshe had left it subject to clause 625 amp 626
624 A student who had put in not less than 40 of attendance in a semester and nol registered for the examination shall be considered for the re-admission in the same semester
625 The student who after completing the first two semesters Programme ifopts out of the Programme then he or she shall be eligible to rejoin the Programme subject to the time period elapsed has not exeeeded two years
626 Such readmissions shall be granted by the Principal of the concerned college directly subjeet to the fulfillment ofihe following Cllditiolls
a) The concerned teachers have granted the attendance of the Course in eaeh semester
b) The student shall complete the Progranune within double the duration of the Programme from the year of the original admission
c) No readmission shall be granted after the first four weeks of the Semester in which heshe is seeking admission
627 Readmission shaH not be applicable middotto the Programme in which admission is granted by a Central Admission Committee college it self
628 The Six-semester (three year) Programme shall be completed by a student within double the duration of the nonnal Programme period (ie 6 years)
Note The provisional grade card wili be issued at the end of every semester indicating the course completed successfully Upon succeSsfully completion of Bachelor degree Program a final grade card which shan consists ofgrades ofaU courses will be issued by the Controller of Examinations of the University Such a final grade card may be formed as shown in the RBBA -7
RBBA-7 Award of Grades SGPA CGrA
Qredits~Grade Let~er Gracie PointsCredit Pojnts
71 Credit means the unit by whieh the course work is measured In these Regulations one credit means one hour of teaching work or two hours of practical work per week
12 Grade Letter is an index to indicate the performance of a student in a particular course (Paper) It is the transformation of actual marks secured by a student in a coursepaper h is indicated by a Grade tetter OABCDEF There is a range of marks for each Grade Letter
73 GradePoint is weightagc allotted to each grade letter depending on the marks awarded in a coursepaper
6
Grade
i Point(Gl
Lower
i (Al
limit Upper
(B)
limit For deciding the
grade point Grade
Letters ranges
1 2 3
4
5
LOest 4 30 39 I 30lt~Plt40 F
i 5 40 49 40lt~PltSO E 6
50 59 50lt=Plt60 D
7
8 60
70 I 69
79
60lt=Plt70
70=Plt80
C
B
9 80 89 80lt=Plt90 A
~i~bcst 10 90 99 90lt=Plt~IOO 0
The semestcNnd Grade Point Average (SOFA) and the CouTse~end Cumulative
Grade Point Average (COPA) are computed as follows
Credit Points Credit of the course (Cr) x Grade secured in the course (G)
Sum ofall Credit Points secured by the student in the ~mester SGPA m _ bullbullbullbullbullbull
Sum of Credits assigned to the Courses in the Semester
Sum ofall Credit Points of the entire Programme
CGPAm
Sum of Credits up to the end of the Programme
The COPA shall be expressed to an accuracy of three decimal digits
The percentage equivalence shall be obtained by multiplying COPA with 10
The descnpttve gradation shaU be based on the scale IlIVen III the followmg table
CGPA Description gradation if required)
Equivalence
(if req uired)
75lt=CGPA lt~10 CGPAxIO~~------~D~IS~T~jN~C~T~j~O~N-------4 6ltmCOPAlt 75 CGPAx 10 FIRST CLASS
5ltmCGPA lt6 COPA x 10 SECOND CLASS 4ltmCGPA~~~______~C~G~P~A~K~IO~-L________~P~A~S~S~C~L~A~S~S
7
Semester-I Course Coursmiddote--filfe-M~-- ------middotmiddot-rComiddotu-rse-~N~o--of1
I Calegory Credits Hrs Per Ii
Week i ~-l+-__-ECore Principles of Management -1 3 1 3 ~-l+~__+Cmiddotomiddot~rc=_middot---ttFoCorm~SpoundOCf~B~u-s-iness=30rganiza--tio-n-s-1----tmiddotmiddotmiddot-3-middotmiddot_---cJ--i1
Core Growth amp Structure of Industries 3 __ I 3 -~~---~C~o~re~--tP~ri-n~Ci~p~le-s-o~fE~co-n-o-m~i~c-~71~(N~ic-r-o~)---~-~J ---3~~
---t-Co-re----Office Automation i+2f--fi f-c-r----hEI-e-ctivc-e-~Pr~in-c-ipl-e-s-amppcra-ctic--o-f-A-cmiddotmiddotc-o-un-in-g--I--+-3 I 3 j
---~E~I-ec~t~ivmiddote--- ~B-u~si~n-e~-m-a-h-e-n-lat~ic-~l-------~ 3 3
Found Communication Skm~I 3 I 3 I --
1 Credit
Course Structure DBA Semcst(r~Il
N Course Course Course Title ICoorse Noof 0 Code i Category Credits Hrs Per I
Week
I 201 Core Principles of Management-II 3 J ___ M
2 202 Core Forms ofBusiness Organization-II 3 3
3 i 203 Core Practical Studies 3 3
4-204 Core Principles of Economics-U (Macro) i
J 3
5 205 Core Office Automation 2+2 4
I6 206 Elective Principles amp Practice of Accounting-II 3 J
7 107 Elective Business Mathematics~II 3 3 S- 208 Found Communication Skill-Ii 3 3
2 PractlCal- 1 Credit
8
BBA Semoster-I (Effective from June - 2010)
101 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- I
Objectives This course presents introductory aspects of business management It focuses on meaning importance and functions of business management The objective is 10 help he students understand the fundamental concepts and principles ofmanagemenL
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Introduction - Definitions - Charaetedslies _ fmportance - Management Process and Functions - Management as an Art and Science - Management as a Profession shyU nivcrsalily of Management
UNIT 2 PLANNING Introduction Definitions - Charaeteristics - Importance - Planning Process - Planning Premises - Elements or Types of Plan DeciSion-making - Definitions and Process Forecasting - Meaning and Process
UNIT 3 ORGANISING Introduction - Definitions of Organising - Organising Process - PrinciplesQualities of Good Organisatioll~ Delegation and Deeentralisation - Concept and Difference Brief Idea Merits and Demerits of Functional Organisation Committee Organisation Concept of Matrix and Project Organisation _
UNIT 4 STAFFING AND DIJlECTlNG Staffing Introduction - Definition - ImpOrtance - Brief Idea of Main Staffing functions Directing - Introduction - Definition - Direcling and Coordination shyImportance ~ Brief Idea of Directing Tools (Definitions and Features of Leadership Motivation Communication and Supervision) - Communication Process and Barriers in Communieation
UNIT 5 CONTROLLING Introduction - Definition - Controlling Process - Importance of Controlling - Brief idea ofControUing Techniques - Ideal Controlling System
JlEFERENCE BOOKS
1 Rao VSP and Krishna v Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New Delhi
2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice ofManagemenl Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
9
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
102 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION- I
Objectives To make the students familiar with different forms ofbusiness organizations their formation and managemenL
UNIT I
HUMAN OCCUPATION (Meaning features objectives and scope of following) t Business (Inclusive of Industry and commerce) 2 Profession ) Employment 4 Vocation
b BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS (Only conceptual clarity of followings three types ofsystems not detailed study) I Capilalism 2 Socialism 3 Mixed economy
UNIT 2
a fORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION Sole proprietorship Partnership Joint Stock Company~ Comiddotoperative society Public Enterprise Non-profit organization
b SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits
UNIT 3
a PARTNERSHIP Meaning characteristics j fonnation merits and demerits Types of Partnership firm Limited Liability Partnership Conversion of Partnership in to
Joint Stock Company
UNIT 4
a JOINT STOCK COMPANY Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Types of company the concept ofOne Person Company
b CO-OPERA T[VE SOCIETY Meaning characteristics fonnation merits and demerits Multi-State Cooperative Socity
UNIT 5
a PUBLIC ENTERPRISE Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits Role of Public Enterprise in infrastructure development
b NON-PROFIT ORGAN[SATION Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Role arNon-profit organization d~veiopment of society
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Fundamentals or Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan Suhanchand and Sons
2 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar
10
BRA Semester - (Effective from June - 2010)
103 -GROW111 AND STRUCTURE OF INDUSTRIES
Objecthcs To make the students familiar with the pattern of industries in India its history growth and future prospectus
UNIT L a Types oflndU5tries~ Location factors affecting industries b Small-scale industries in India- Definitions importance problems and
government measures UNIT 2
3 Industrial Policies- Current fndustrial Policies ofGovemment of India UNIT 3
a Governments role as promoter as a financier to Small Medium and Large Scale industries through Public Financial Institutions
UNIT 4 a Infrastructure as key Industrial inpul- Transport telecommunication and energ) sector
UNIT 5 a Industrial Sickness- Meaning current scenario causes and measures to
eliminate sickness b Technological changes in Indian Industries reCent trends its economic and
non-eeonomic sickness
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Indian Economy -By K V Sivayya 2 Indian Economy~ By Mishra and Puri 3 Indian Economy- By Sunderaro Dutt 4 Business Environment- Frnacis Cherunilam 5 Business Environment -ByMatherw
II
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
104 - Principles of Economics -I (MICRO-ECONOMICS)
J Defmition ofeconomics Classical Neo-classieai and scarcity defmition of economies Nature and Scope ofcoonomies ofeeonomics
2 Utility Utility total utility and marginal utility Law ofdiminishing marginal utility Law of equc-marginat utility
3 Theory of demand and supply meaning factors affecting to effective demand law of demand exceptions Meaning faetors affecting to supply and law of supply
4 Elasticity of demand meaning types ofit factors affecting to elasticity of demand methods to measure price elasticity ofdemand and practical significance of price elasticity ofdemand
5 Market structure meaning and features of perfect competition monopoly oligopoly and monopoJistie competition
Reference books
I Micro economics- by SKAgarwala Excel Books New DeihL 2 Business Economics- by M Adhikary Excel Books New DeIhL 3 Principles of eoonomics by PMBhutani-Taxmans 4 Micro-economics by DMMithani -Himalaya pub S Principles ofeeonomics bysundhram Vaish
12
BBA Scmesler-I (Effective from June - 2010) 105 - OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help Ihe students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50lVo and Practical 50
UNIT 1 COMPUTER An overview of hardware Input devices and Media Output
device and Media Main Storage Auxiliary or Backing storage Communication Equipment and System [nterconnection
UNIT2 INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM (MICROSOF WINDOWS 98)
1 Navigating Desktop (moving arranging line up icons) Taskbar properties 2 Windows 98 accessories WordPad Paint Calculator Sound recorder CD Player
System tools (concept of Scan disk Disk Defragmentation)
UNIT 3 1 Dialog Box- Display property Drive property File property 2 File and Foders- Crealion of Folders Copying Moving and Deleting files
and folderS file management utility Windows 98 explorer and creation of shortcut
3 Desktop icons- My computer (eoncept of connected drivers printer) Control Panel (mouse keyboard and dateJtime) Recycle bin
4 Printing offiles
UNIT 4 1 File Properties File name Size Creation Date amp Time and Attributes
Viewing properties 2 Customlzing the Start Manu Start menu properties adding amp removmg
programs Clearing doeument menu
UNIT S WORD PROCESSOR PACKAGE (MICROSOFT WORD 2003)
1 Concept of word proeessor 2 Screen components ofMS Word 2003 Window 3 Page setup fonnatting of page page preview 4 Creation of neW document opening existing documents saving dltKument
printing document 5 Seleeting copying pasting moving and formatting text text box formatting
paragraphs work art 6 MaH merge utility
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 ABC of WindowM 98 BPB Publication 2 Window~98 6 in Prantiee Hall Pubtlcation 3 Microsoft Offiee- 2003 Complete BPB Publieation 4 Word-20m No experLence required BPS Publication 5 Microsoft Word~ 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 6 ExceU-200J No experience required BPB Publication
Note Unit - t to 4 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 5 for 50 Marks Practical Exam
13
BBA Semester - I (Effective from June - 2010)
106middot PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCv
Level of knowledge Only basic vorking knowledge is required
Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statements
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I 3 Definition Nature and Scope of Accounting b Concept and Conventions ofAccounting Accounting as a Measurement
discipline Relationship of accounting with economics and statislics Role of Accountant Terns U$ed in financial accounting
c Business Transactions - Meaning and Classification Classification of Account Rules of Debit and Credit Accounting equation
UNIT2 a Journal Ledger Posting and Balancing of ledger accounts
UNIT 3 a Purchase Book Sales Book Purchase Rcturn Book Sales Return Book b Cash Book and Petty Cash Books
UNIT 4 s Preparation of Final Accounts- Trial Balance frofit amp Loss Account and Baianee
Sheet Closing entries Adjustments entries (Sole Proprietorship only)
UNIT 5 a Accounting Errors - Types of Errors Rectification of Errors Effects of
Errors on Final Accounts b Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Financial Accounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principles and Practice of Accountillg~ by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3Jntroduction to Accountancy-by SN Maheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentilte Han India New Delhi) 5Finaneial Accounting By Ashish Bhattacharya ( Prentice Hail India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by Pc Tusian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CONcw
Delhi) 7Principlcs and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-DalaI (BSShah Ahmedabad) 8Principles and Practice of Accounlancy -by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad)
14
BBA SemesteT-1 (Effective from June - 2010)
107 -Business Mathematics-J
2
__ r-2~---1 Properties of (Q 3 Plogres~io~___
31 i Definitions ofPr ~2 IArithIDetic Progr ~3 I Geometric Progr ~~~~~~~~~rogl35 I n term and sum
___116 pielaion betwee 4 ~~~~t~~~and Com
4J__LMeaning o[Pc_ ~2_ I Pemlutations of r~__Lg~~~ Permu 44~_Pennutio~oi ~ Restricted Penn ~46_ Meaning o[Com binations
~-~---------~~-~-----~~-~-~~l
47 Com~JementX Theore___~~__~_ -----I 48 Restricted Comb inations
----------~-~--shy
49 i Combinations of things nOI all d~fferent _______ 5 ~athi~at~aIInduction and Binomial Theo=m--_~_____
51 Introduction M athematicallnduction ~ -~ 52 Princip~es ofMathcmatica Induction arurreia~~pf~~~~~shy53 Introduction of Binomial Theorem Position of Terrns
L 11~ BiiomralCoe~cients BIMffiial Theorem wlthanyIOdex--- Reference Books J Business Mathematks D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor(S Chand amp Sons) 2 Mathematics for Economics and Business - KS Bhardwaj Excel Books New
Delhi 3 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tala McGraw-HilI) 4 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Gne Alka Goel (Taxroanns)
15
(Effective from June - 2010)
108 -COMMUNICATION SKILLS-I
Mark 70 Theory and 30 Practical
1 Source Text for Languagc- Vou can Win - Shiv Khcra -4 chapters
30 marks theory - l2 lectures 10 marks presentation 011 any Management Personality - lectures
2 Introduction to Business Communication
Communication Process Effective Business Communication (5Cs) Roadblocks to Effective Communication Improving Communication At Organisational level At individual level
Cross cultural communication
15 marks theory - 7 lectures 5 marks c1ass test - I lecture
3 Effective Written Communication
Language Layout Formal of Business Letters Writing Smart Business E mails Rules for Precis Writing Abstract Writing for Projects Research papers
15 marks theory - () lectures 5 marks Precis Writing Exercises- 2 lectures
4 Grammar The teacher would revise the theory of language and grammar studied by the students in schoo and then there should be a praetical presentation by the students covering different aspects of grammarl language like punctuation articles prepositions tenses and their ilk The students can use various means like role~plays dialogue delivery debates group discussions to show their comprehension of grammatical components It would be the discretion of the teaeher to assign tltem the topics aspects for presentation
10 marks theory ~ 8 1ectures 10 marks for activity - 4 lectures
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Business Communication by MK Sehgal Excel Books New Delhi
16
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
RBIlA - 5 The CBCS is student centric not only in the teaching-learning processes but also in their evaluation process In caes the evaluation process is divided into two parts under the CDeS The first part-consists of Comprehensive Continuous Assessment (eCA) and the second part eonsists of the Semester end examination The division of marks between the two shall be as per the clause 324 In the CBeS the evaluation process shail follow the norm that the faculty who teaches the course shall conduct the Comprehensive Continuous Assessment (eCA) and the Semester end examination (SEE) The coneerned faeulty shall be accountable for transparency and reliability of the entire evaluation of the student in the concerned Course 51 The framework for ComUllbensive Continuous Asscsmcnt
Although assessment and evaluation process in CBeS is in continuous mode [or the purpose of finally letting the candidate know hisfher progress periodically an assessment is divided into four discrete components for reporting the scores to the studefl1 as earned by him or her
The detaiJs of tbe Continuous Assessment are summarized in the Table below Component l Units covered Mode of Weightage Period of
In a course Evaluation Continuous assessment
I t S1 30 Assignments 10 First part of the semester To be completed by 5111 week
2 2 30 MCQTest 10 Second part of the semester To be completed by lOlh week
- shyJ Remaining~ Seminar 10 Third part of
40 Presentation Ihe semester To be completed by 151h week
-~100 Semester end 170 To be
[4 Examination completed 18111between
Iand 20h week-__-- I
511 The CAe (Conege Advisory Council) shall announce policy for CCA for all the courses in the college in the begiMing of the Semester and the same shall be communieated to the students
S12 The continuous assessment and scores of first part of the semester shall be completed during the SIb week of the semester
51J The continuous assessment and SCQres of the sceond part ofthc semester shall be completed during the 10111 week of the semester
3
54 The continuous assessment and scores of Ihird part of the semester will be completed during the IStt week of Ihe semester
515 In case a student falls to secure 12 out of 30 in the CCA (all three components taken together) heshe shat not be sHowed to appear for the Semester end examination Ifcandidate is nOf appearing in internal examination he I she will be allowed one more chance to appear for retest and hislher passing marks (Actual marks obtained in relest or passing marks which ever is less) wm be consider for grade only
52 Semester End Examination (SEE)
During the 1811 to 20lh week of (he Semester a semester-end examination shall be
conducted
The duration of the semester~end examination shall be 3 hours pcr eoursc A question paper for semester~end -examination shaH not expect the student to reproduce the answers by memorizing the topics but it shall rather examine the candidates creativity comprebension problem so1ving ability interpretation and awareness capabilities
53 Final awarding of the Grades shan be completed latest by 241h week of the semester
The head of the College shall forward to the controller of Examination the consolidated marks of all the students in CCA for final computation of the Grade and announcement of the result
~~ II 1 The resuU ofthe evaluated component sball be communicated to tbe I students within 7 days of tbe completion eaeh component
2 The final gra~~~h~~ be announced latest by 24th week ____~Jl 54 EracticaJ ExaminanQJJ
Practical examination (wherever applicable) shall be conducted at the cnd of every semester The examination shall be conducted as per nonns decided by the concerned authority of the university Dean of Faculty shall aMouncc policy for the practical examination in advanced and it shan be made knov-n to the students also in advance There shall be no internal assessment test for practicallaboratory work
55 ProiectDissertation work be Project Work and the Supervisor shall be assigned to the student by the concerned college well in advance and viva examination shall be organized as pcr nOrms decided by the concerned authority ofthe University
4
RBBA - 6 PROMOTION RE-ADMISSION RULES ~ MAXIMUM TIME FOR COMPLETION OF COURSE
6 Rules of promotion shall be as under
Gl From semester I to semester II if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester I and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the inlcrnal asessment component
612 From semester II to semester HI if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester II and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and seeures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the internal assessment component of semester 11 and clears 5000 of a total courses of semester I and II
613 From semester Ul to semester IV if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester II and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the intema1 assessment component of semester HI and clears all the courses ofsemester I and 11
614 From semester iV to semester V if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester V and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the internal assessment component of semesler V and clears 50 of the total course of semester HI and IV
615 From semester V to semester VI if a student undergoes a regular course ofstudy of the semester VI and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the internal assessment component of semester Vi and clears all the courses of semester III and 1V
6 L6 Regarding the declaration of the result the University shalt declare the result of the third Semester only when the student has cleared the first semester comple~ely It shall declare the result of the fourth semester only when the students has cleared the Semester Ii examination completely This pattern shall be fHowed ahead in the same spirit
61 J There shall be no provision for the Remedial Examination for lhe students who fail in the Semester-End Examination
618 The Semesters shall remain as foHows Odd Semesters) Sib June to 14u1 December Even Semesters lSh December to 141b June
619 The First Semester Examination period shall be from 181b October 2010 to 141h November 2010
6110 The odd semester vacation shall be from lSI December to 141h Dccember2010 The SUmmer vacation shall be of six weeks
62 Rules and the Procedure lor granting Re~admisdon to the student shall be as under
5
621 who had no put in the required attendance in a cOllrse in the conc~m Programme of a semester and thus detained or
622 who had not cleared the required nwnber of Courses aod thus detained or
623 who had not after completing a semester continued tbe studies in the ncxt immediJte semester 00 personalhealth grounds but desired to continue hislher studies after a short break such a student shall be eligible to rejoin the Programme from where heshe had left it subject to clause 625 amp 626
624 A student who had put in not less than 40 of attendance in a semester and nol registered for the examination shall be considered for the re-admission in the same semester
625 The student who after completing the first two semesters Programme ifopts out of the Programme then he or she shall be eligible to rejoin the Programme subject to the time period elapsed has not exeeeded two years
626 Such readmissions shall be granted by the Principal of the concerned college directly subjeet to the fulfillment ofihe following Cllditiolls
a) The concerned teachers have granted the attendance of the Course in eaeh semester
b) The student shall complete the Progranune within double the duration of the Programme from the year of the original admission
c) No readmission shall be granted after the first four weeks of the Semester in which heshe is seeking admission
627 Readmission shaH not be applicable middotto the Programme in which admission is granted by a Central Admission Committee college it self
628 The Six-semester (three year) Programme shall be completed by a student within double the duration of the nonnal Programme period (ie 6 years)
Note The provisional grade card wili be issued at the end of every semester indicating the course completed successfully Upon succeSsfully completion of Bachelor degree Program a final grade card which shan consists ofgrades ofaU courses will be issued by the Controller of Examinations of the University Such a final grade card may be formed as shown in the RBBA -7
RBBA-7 Award of Grades SGPA CGrA
Qredits~Grade Let~er Gracie PointsCredit Pojnts
71 Credit means the unit by whieh the course work is measured In these Regulations one credit means one hour of teaching work or two hours of practical work per week
12 Grade Letter is an index to indicate the performance of a student in a particular course (Paper) It is the transformation of actual marks secured by a student in a coursepaper h is indicated by a Grade tetter OABCDEF There is a range of marks for each Grade Letter
73 GradePoint is weightagc allotted to each grade letter depending on the marks awarded in a coursepaper
6
Grade
i Point(Gl
Lower
i (Al
limit Upper
(B)
limit For deciding the
grade point Grade
Letters ranges
1 2 3
4
5
LOest 4 30 39 I 30lt~Plt40 F
i 5 40 49 40lt~PltSO E 6
50 59 50lt=Plt60 D
7
8 60
70 I 69
79
60lt=Plt70
70=Plt80
C
B
9 80 89 80lt=Plt90 A
~i~bcst 10 90 99 90lt=Plt~IOO 0
The semestcNnd Grade Point Average (SOFA) and the CouTse~end Cumulative
Grade Point Average (COPA) are computed as follows
Credit Points Credit of the course (Cr) x Grade secured in the course (G)
Sum ofall Credit Points secured by the student in the ~mester SGPA m _ bullbullbullbullbullbull
Sum of Credits assigned to the Courses in the Semester
Sum ofall Credit Points of the entire Programme
CGPAm
Sum of Credits up to the end of the Programme
The COPA shall be expressed to an accuracy of three decimal digits
The percentage equivalence shall be obtained by multiplying COPA with 10
The descnpttve gradation shaU be based on the scale IlIVen III the followmg table
CGPA Description gradation if required)
Equivalence
(if req uired)
75lt=CGPA lt~10 CGPAxIO~~------~D~IS~T~jN~C~T~j~O~N-------4 6ltmCOPAlt 75 CGPAx 10 FIRST CLASS
5ltmCGPA lt6 COPA x 10 SECOND CLASS 4ltmCGPA~~~______~C~G~P~A~K~IO~-L________~P~A~S~S~C~L~A~S~S
7
Semester-I Course Coursmiddote--filfe-M~-- ------middotmiddot-rComiddotu-rse-~N~o--of1
I Calegory Credits Hrs Per Ii
Week i ~-l+-__-ECore Principles of Management -1 3 1 3 ~-l+~__+Cmiddotomiddot~rc=_middot---ttFoCorm~SpoundOCf~B~u-s-iness=30rganiza--tio-n-s-1----tmiddotmiddotmiddot-3-middotmiddot_---cJ--i1
Core Growth amp Structure of Industries 3 __ I 3 -~~---~C~o~re~--tP~ri-n~Ci~p~le-s-o~fE~co-n-o-m~i~c-~71~(N~ic-r-o~)---~-~J ---3~~
---t-Co-re----Office Automation i+2f--fi f-c-r----hEI-e-ctivc-e-~Pr~in-c-ipl-e-s-amppcra-ctic--o-f-A-cmiddotmiddotc-o-un-in-g--I--+-3 I 3 j
---~E~I-ec~t~ivmiddote--- ~B-u~si~n-e~-m-a-h-e-n-lat~ic-~l-------~ 3 3
Found Communication Skm~I 3 I 3 I --
1 Credit
Course Structure DBA Semcst(r~Il
N Course Course Course Title ICoorse Noof 0 Code i Category Credits Hrs Per I
Week
I 201 Core Principles of Management-II 3 J ___ M
2 202 Core Forms ofBusiness Organization-II 3 3
3 i 203 Core Practical Studies 3 3
4-204 Core Principles of Economics-U (Macro) i
J 3
5 205 Core Office Automation 2+2 4
I6 206 Elective Principles amp Practice of Accounting-II 3 J
7 107 Elective Business Mathematics~II 3 3 S- 208 Found Communication Skill-Ii 3 3
2 PractlCal- 1 Credit
8
BBA Semoster-I (Effective from June - 2010)
101 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- I
Objectives This course presents introductory aspects of business management It focuses on meaning importance and functions of business management The objective is 10 help he students understand the fundamental concepts and principles ofmanagemenL
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Introduction - Definitions - Charaetedslies _ fmportance - Management Process and Functions - Management as an Art and Science - Management as a Profession shyU nivcrsalily of Management
UNIT 2 PLANNING Introduction Definitions - Charaeteristics - Importance - Planning Process - Planning Premises - Elements or Types of Plan DeciSion-making - Definitions and Process Forecasting - Meaning and Process
UNIT 3 ORGANISING Introduction - Definitions of Organising - Organising Process - PrinciplesQualities of Good Organisatioll~ Delegation and Deeentralisation - Concept and Difference Brief Idea Merits and Demerits of Functional Organisation Committee Organisation Concept of Matrix and Project Organisation _
UNIT 4 STAFFING AND DIJlECTlNG Staffing Introduction - Definition - ImpOrtance - Brief Idea of Main Staffing functions Directing - Introduction - Definition - Direcling and Coordination shyImportance ~ Brief Idea of Directing Tools (Definitions and Features of Leadership Motivation Communication and Supervision) - Communication Process and Barriers in Communieation
UNIT 5 CONTROLLING Introduction - Definition - Controlling Process - Importance of Controlling - Brief idea ofControUing Techniques - Ideal Controlling System
JlEFERENCE BOOKS
1 Rao VSP and Krishna v Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New Delhi
2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice ofManagemenl Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
9
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
102 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION- I
Objectives To make the students familiar with different forms ofbusiness organizations their formation and managemenL
UNIT I
HUMAN OCCUPATION (Meaning features objectives and scope of following) t Business (Inclusive of Industry and commerce) 2 Profession ) Employment 4 Vocation
b BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS (Only conceptual clarity of followings three types ofsystems not detailed study) I Capilalism 2 Socialism 3 Mixed economy
UNIT 2
a fORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION Sole proprietorship Partnership Joint Stock Company~ Comiddotoperative society Public Enterprise Non-profit organization
b SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits
UNIT 3
a PARTNERSHIP Meaning characteristics j fonnation merits and demerits Types of Partnership firm Limited Liability Partnership Conversion of Partnership in to
Joint Stock Company
UNIT 4
a JOINT STOCK COMPANY Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Types of company the concept ofOne Person Company
b CO-OPERA T[VE SOCIETY Meaning characteristics fonnation merits and demerits Multi-State Cooperative Socity
UNIT 5
a PUBLIC ENTERPRISE Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits Role of Public Enterprise in infrastructure development
b NON-PROFIT ORGAN[SATION Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Role arNon-profit organization d~veiopment of society
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Fundamentals or Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan Suhanchand and Sons
2 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar
10
BRA Semester - (Effective from June - 2010)
103 -GROW111 AND STRUCTURE OF INDUSTRIES
Objecthcs To make the students familiar with the pattern of industries in India its history growth and future prospectus
UNIT L a Types oflndU5tries~ Location factors affecting industries b Small-scale industries in India- Definitions importance problems and
government measures UNIT 2
3 Industrial Policies- Current fndustrial Policies ofGovemment of India UNIT 3
a Governments role as promoter as a financier to Small Medium and Large Scale industries through Public Financial Institutions
UNIT 4 a Infrastructure as key Industrial inpul- Transport telecommunication and energ) sector
UNIT 5 a Industrial Sickness- Meaning current scenario causes and measures to
eliminate sickness b Technological changes in Indian Industries reCent trends its economic and
non-eeonomic sickness
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Indian Economy -By K V Sivayya 2 Indian Economy~ By Mishra and Puri 3 Indian Economy- By Sunderaro Dutt 4 Business Environment- Frnacis Cherunilam 5 Business Environment -ByMatherw
II
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
104 - Principles of Economics -I (MICRO-ECONOMICS)
J Defmition ofeconomics Classical Neo-classieai and scarcity defmition of economies Nature and Scope ofcoonomies ofeeonomics
2 Utility Utility total utility and marginal utility Law ofdiminishing marginal utility Law of equc-marginat utility
3 Theory of demand and supply meaning factors affecting to effective demand law of demand exceptions Meaning faetors affecting to supply and law of supply
4 Elasticity of demand meaning types ofit factors affecting to elasticity of demand methods to measure price elasticity ofdemand and practical significance of price elasticity ofdemand
5 Market structure meaning and features of perfect competition monopoly oligopoly and monopoJistie competition
Reference books
I Micro economics- by SKAgarwala Excel Books New DeihL 2 Business Economics- by M Adhikary Excel Books New DeIhL 3 Principles of eoonomics by PMBhutani-Taxmans 4 Micro-economics by DMMithani -Himalaya pub S Principles ofeeonomics bysundhram Vaish
12
BBA Scmesler-I (Effective from June - 2010) 105 - OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help Ihe students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50lVo and Practical 50
UNIT 1 COMPUTER An overview of hardware Input devices and Media Output
device and Media Main Storage Auxiliary or Backing storage Communication Equipment and System [nterconnection
UNIT2 INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM (MICROSOF WINDOWS 98)
1 Navigating Desktop (moving arranging line up icons) Taskbar properties 2 Windows 98 accessories WordPad Paint Calculator Sound recorder CD Player
System tools (concept of Scan disk Disk Defragmentation)
UNIT 3 1 Dialog Box- Display property Drive property File property 2 File and Foders- Crealion of Folders Copying Moving and Deleting files
and folderS file management utility Windows 98 explorer and creation of shortcut
3 Desktop icons- My computer (eoncept of connected drivers printer) Control Panel (mouse keyboard and dateJtime) Recycle bin
4 Printing offiles
UNIT 4 1 File Properties File name Size Creation Date amp Time and Attributes
Viewing properties 2 Customlzing the Start Manu Start menu properties adding amp removmg
programs Clearing doeument menu
UNIT S WORD PROCESSOR PACKAGE (MICROSOFT WORD 2003)
1 Concept of word proeessor 2 Screen components ofMS Word 2003 Window 3 Page setup fonnatting of page page preview 4 Creation of neW document opening existing documents saving dltKument
printing document 5 Seleeting copying pasting moving and formatting text text box formatting
paragraphs work art 6 MaH merge utility
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 ABC of WindowM 98 BPB Publication 2 Window~98 6 in Prantiee Hall Pubtlcation 3 Microsoft Offiee- 2003 Complete BPB Publieation 4 Word-20m No experLence required BPS Publication 5 Microsoft Word~ 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 6 ExceU-200J No experience required BPB Publication
Note Unit - t to 4 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 5 for 50 Marks Practical Exam
13
BBA Semester - I (Effective from June - 2010)
106middot PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCv
Level of knowledge Only basic vorking knowledge is required
Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statements
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I 3 Definition Nature and Scope of Accounting b Concept and Conventions ofAccounting Accounting as a Measurement
discipline Relationship of accounting with economics and statislics Role of Accountant Terns U$ed in financial accounting
c Business Transactions - Meaning and Classification Classification of Account Rules of Debit and Credit Accounting equation
UNIT2 a Journal Ledger Posting and Balancing of ledger accounts
UNIT 3 a Purchase Book Sales Book Purchase Rcturn Book Sales Return Book b Cash Book and Petty Cash Books
UNIT 4 s Preparation of Final Accounts- Trial Balance frofit amp Loss Account and Baianee
Sheet Closing entries Adjustments entries (Sole Proprietorship only)
UNIT 5 a Accounting Errors - Types of Errors Rectification of Errors Effects of
Errors on Final Accounts b Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Financial Accounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principles and Practice of Accountillg~ by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3Jntroduction to Accountancy-by SN Maheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentilte Han India New Delhi) 5Finaneial Accounting By Ashish Bhattacharya ( Prentice Hail India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by Pc Tusian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CONcw
Delhi) 7Principlcs and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-DalaI (BSShah Ahmedabad) 8Principles and Practice of Accounlancy -by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad)
14
BBA SemesteT-1 (Effective from June - 2010)
107 -Business Mathematics-J
2
__ r-2~---1 Properties of (Q 3 Plogres~io~___
31 i Definitions ofPr ~2 IArithIDetic Progr ~3 I Geometric Progr ~~~~~~~~~rogl35 I n term and sum
___116 pielaion betwee 4 ~~~~t~~~and Com
4J__LMeaning o[Pc_ ~2_ I Pemlutations of r~__Lg~~~ Permu 44~_Pennutio~oi ~ Restricted Penn ~46_ Meaning o[Com binations
~-~---------~~-~-----~~-~-~~l
47 Com~JementX Theore___~~__~_ -----I 48 Restricted Comb inations
----------~-~--shy
49 i Combinations of things nOI all d~fferent _______ 5 ~athi~at~aIInduction and Binomial Theo=m--_~_____
51 Introduction M athematicallnduction ~ -~ 52 Princip~es ofMathcmatica Induction arurreia~~pf~~~~~shy53 Introduction of Binomial Theorem Position of Terrns
L 11~ BiiomralCoe~cients BIMffiial Theorem wlthanyIOdex--- Reference Books J Business Mathematks D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor(S Chand amp Sons) 2 Mathematics for Economics and Business - KS Bhardwaj Excel Books New
Delhi 3 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tala McGraw-HilI) 4 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Gne Alka Goel (Taxroanns)
15
(Effective from June - 2010)
108 -COMMUNICATION SKILLS-I
Mark 70 Theory and 30 Practical
1 Source Text for Languagc- Vou can Win - Shiv Khcra -4 chapters
30 marks theory - l2 lectures 10 marks presentation 011 any Management Personality - lectures
2 Introduction to Business Communication
Communication Process Effective Business Communication (5Cs) Roadblocks to Effective Communication Improving Communication At Organisational level At individual level
Cross cultural communication
15 marks theory - 7 lectures 5 marks c1ass test - I lecture
3 Effective Written Communication
Language Layout Formal of Business Letters Writing Smart Business E mails Rules for Precis Writing Abstract Writing for Projects Research papers
15 marks theory - () lectures 5 marks Precis Writing Exercises- 2 lectures
4 Grammar The teacher would revise the theory of language and grammar studied by the students in schoo and then there should be a praetical presentation by the students covering different aspects of grammarl language like punctuation articles prepositions tenses and their ilk The students can use various means like role~plays dialogue delivery debates group discussions to show their comprehension of grammatical components It would be the discretion of the teaeher to assign tltem the topics aspects for presentation
10 marks theory ~ 8 1ectures 10 marks for activity - 4 lectures
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Business Communication by MK Sehgal Excel Books New Delhi
16
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
54 The continuous assessment and scores of Ihird part of the semester will be completed during the IStt week of Ihe semester
515 In case a student falls to secure 12 out of 30 in the CCA (all three components taken together) heshe shat not be sHowed to appear for the Semester end examination Ifcandidate is nOf appearing in internal examination he I she will be allowed one more chance to appear for retest and hislher passing marks (Actual marks obtained in relest or passing marks which ever is less) wm be consider for grade only
52 Semester End Examination (SEE)
During the 1811 to 20lh week of (he Semester a semester-end examination shall be
conducted
The duration of the semester~end examination shall be 3 hours pcr eoursc A question paper for semester~end -examination shaH not expect the student to reproduce the answers by memorizing the topics but it shall rather examine the candidates creativity comprebension problem so1ving ability interpretation and awareness capabilities
53 Final awarding of the Grades shan be completed latest by 241h week of the semester
The head of the College shall forward to the controller of Examination the consolidated marks of all the students in CCA for final computation of the Grade and announcement of the result
~~ II 1 The resuU ofthe evaluated component sball be communicated to tbe I students within 7 days of tbe completion eaeh component
2 The final gra~~~h~~ be announced latest by 24th week ____~Jl 54 EracticaJ ExaminanQJJ
Practical examination (wherever applicable) shall be conducted at the cnd of every semester The examination shall be conducted as per nonns decided by the concerned authority of the university Dean of Faculty shall aMouncc policy for the practical examination in advanced and it shan be made knov-n to the students also in advance There shall be no internal assessment test for practicallaboratory work
55 ProiectDissertation work be Project Work and the Supervisor shall be assigned to the student by the concerned college well in advance and viva examination shall be organized as pcr nOrms decided by the concerned authority ofthe University
4
RBBA - 6 PROMOTION RE-ADMISSION RULES ~ MAXIMUM TIME FOR COMPLETION OF COURSE
6 Rules of promotion shall be as under
Gl From semester I to semester II if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester I and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the inlcrnal asessment component
612 From semester II to semester HI if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester II and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and seeures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the internal assessment component of semester 11 and clears 5000 of a total courses of semester I and II
613 From semester Ul to semester IV if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester II and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the intema1 assessment component of semester HI and clears all the courses ofsemester I and 11
614 From semester iV to semester V if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester V and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the internal assessment component of semesler V and clears 50 of the total course of semester HI and IV
615 From semester V to semester VI if a student undergoes a regular course ofstudy of the semester VI and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the internal assessment component of semester Vi and clears all the courses of semester III and 1V
6 L6 Regarding the declaration of the result the University shalt declare the result of the third Semester only when the student has cleared the first semester comple~ely It shall declare the result of the fourth semester only when the students has cleared the Semester Ii examination completely This pattern shall be fHowed ahead in the same spirit
61 J There shall be no provision for the Remedial Examination for lhe students who fail in the Semester-End Examination
618 The Semesters shall remain as foHows Odd Semesters) Sib June to 14u1 December Even Semesters lSh December to 141b June
619 The First Semester Examination period shall be from 181b October 2010 to 141h November 2010
6110 The odd semester vacation shall be from lSI December to 141h Dccember2010 The SUmmer vacation shall be of six weeks
62 Rules and the Procedure lor granting Re~admisdon to the student shall be as under
5
621 who had no put in the required attendance in a cOllrse in the conc~m Programme of a semester and thus detained or
622 who had not cleared the required nwnber of Courses aod thus detained or
623 who had not after completing a semester continued tbe studies in the ncxt immediJte semester 00 personalhealth grounds but desired to continue hislher studies after a short break such a student shall be eligible to rejoin the Programme from where heshe had left it subject to clause 625 amp 626
624 A student who had put in not less than 40 of attendance in a semester and nol registered for the examination shall be considered for the re-admission in the same semester
625 The student who after completing the first two semesters Programme ifopts out of the Programme then he or she shall be eligible to rejoin the Programme subject to the time period elapsed has not exeeeded two years
626 Such readmissions shall be granted by the Principal of the concerned college directly subjeet to the fulfillment ofihe following Cllditiolls
a) The concerned teachers have granted the attendance of the Course in eaeh semester
b) The student shall complete the Progranune within double the duration of the Programme from the year of the original admission
c) No readmission shall be granted after the first four weeks of the Semester in which heshe is seeking admission
627 Readmission shaH not be applicable middotto the Programme in which admission is granted by a Central Admission Committee college it self
628 The Six-semester (three year) Programme shall be completed by a student within double the duration of the nonnal Programme period (ie 6 years)
Note The provisional grade card wili be issued at the end of every semester indicating the course completed successfully Upon succeSsfully completion of Bachelor degree Program a final grade card which shan consists ofgrades ofaU courses will be issued by the Controller of Examinations of the University Such a final grade card may be formed as shown in the RBBA -7
RBBA-7 Award of Grades SGPA CGrA
Qredits~Grade Let~er Gracie PointsCredit Pojnts
71 Credit means the unit by whieh the course work is measured In these Regulations one credit means one hour of teaching work or two hours of practical work per week
12 Grade Letter is an index to indicate the performance of a student in a particular course (Paper) It is the transformation of actual marks secured by a student in a coursepaper h is indicated by a Grade tetter OABCDEF There is a range of marks for each Grade Letter
73 GradePoint is weightagc allotted to each grade letter depending on the marks awarded in a coursepaper
6
Grade
i Point(Gl
Lower
i (Al
limit Upper
(B)
limit For deciding the
grade point Grade
Letters ranges
1 2 3
4
5
LOest 4 30 39 I 30lt~Plt40 F
i 5 40 49 40lt~PltSO E 6
50 59 50lt=Plt60 D
7
8 60
70 I 69
79
60lt=Plt70
70=Plt80
C
B
9 80 89 80lt=Plt90 A
~i~bcst 10 90 99 90lt=Plt~IOO 0
The semestcNnd Grade Point Average (SOFA) and the CouTse~end Cumulative
Grade Point Average (COPA) are computed as follows
Credit Points Credit of the course (Cr) x Grade secured in the course (G)
Sum ofall Credit Points secured by the student in the ~mester SGPA m _ bullbullbullbullbullbull
Sum of Credits assigned to the Courses in the Semester
Sum ofall Credit Points of the entire Programme
CGPAm
Sum of Credits up to the end of the Programme
The COPA shall be expressed to an accuracy of three decimal digits
The percentage equivalence shall be obtained by multiplying COPA with 10
The descnpttve gradation shaU be based on the scale IlIVen III the followmg table
CGPA Description gradation if required)
Equivalence
(if req uired)
75lt=CGPA lt~10 CGPAxIO~~------~D~IS~T~jN~C~T~j~O~N-------4 6ltmCOPAlt 75 CGPAx 10 FIRST CLASS
5ltmCGPA lt6 COPA x 10 SECOND CLASS 4ltmCGPA~~~______~C~G~P~A~K~IO~-L________~P~A~S~S~C~L~A~S~S
7
Semester-I Course Coursmiddote--filfe-M~-- ------middotmiddot-rComiddotu-rse-~N~o--of1
I Calegory Credits Hrs Per Ii
Week i ~-l+-__-ECore Principles of Management -1 3 1 3 ~-l+~__+Cmiddotomiddot~rc=_middot---ttFoCorm~SpoundOCf~B~u-s-iness=30rganiza--tio-n-s-1----tmiddotmiddotmiddot-3-middotmiddot_---cJ--i1
Core Growth amp Structure of Industries 3 __ I 3 -~~---~C~o~re~--tP~ri-n~Ci~p~le-s-o~fE~co-n-o-m~i~c-~71~(N~ic-r-o~)---~-~J ---3~~
---t-Co-re----Office Automation i+2f--fi f-c-r----hEI-e-ctivc-e-~Pr~in-c-ipl-e-s-amppcra-ctic--o-f-A-cmiddotmiddotc-o-un-in-g--I--+-3 I 3 j
---~E~I-ec~t~ivmiddote--- ~B-u~si~n-e~-m-a-h-e-n-lat~ic-~l-------~ 3 3
Found Communication Skm~I 3 I 3 I --
1 Credit
Course Structure DBA Semcst(r~Il
N Course Course Course Title ICoorse Noof 0 Code i Category Credits Hrs Per I
Week
I 201 Core Principles of Management-II 3 J ___ M
2 202 Core Forms ofBusiness Organization-II 3 3
3 i 203 Core Practical Studies 3 3
4-204 Core Principles of Economics-U (Macro) i
J 3
5 205 Core Office Automation 2+2 4
I6 206 Elective Principles amp Practice of Accounting-II 3 J
7 107 Elective Business Mathematics~II 3 3 S- 208 Found Communication Skill-Ii 3 3
2 PractlCal- 1 Credit
8
BBA Semoster-I (Effective from June - 2010)
101 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- I
Objectives This course presents introductory aspects of business management It focuses on meaning importance and functions of business management The objective is 10 help he students understand the fundamental concepts and principles ofmanagemenL
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Introduction - Definitions - Charaetedslies _ fmportance - Management Process and Functions - Management as an Art and Science - Management as a Profession shyU nivcrsalily of Management
UNIT 2 PLANNING Introduction Definitions - Charaeteristics - Importance - Planning Process - Planning Premises - Elements or Types of Plan DeciSion-making - Definitions and Process Forecasting - Meaning and Process
UNIT 3 ORGANISING Introduction - Definitions of Organising - Organising Process - PrinciplesQualities of Good Organisatioll~ Delegation and Deeentralisation - Concept and Difference Brief Idea Merits and Demerits of Functional Organisation Committee Organisation Concept of Matrix and Project Organisation _
UNIT 4 STAFFING AND DIJlECTlNG Staffing Introduction - Definition - ImpOrtance - Brief Idea of Main Staffing functions Directing - Introduction - Definition - Direcling and Coordination shyImportance ~ Brief Idea of Directing Tools (Definitions and Features of Leadership Motivation Communication and Supervision) - Communication Process and Barriers in Communieation
UNIT 5 CONTROLLING Introduction - Definition - Controlling Process - Importance of Controlling - Brief idea ofControUing Techniques - Ideal Controlling System
JlEFERENCE BOOKS
1 Rao VSP and Krishna v Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New Delhi
2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice ofManagemenl Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
9
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
102 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION- I
Objectives To make the students familiar with different forms ofbusiness organizations their formation and managemenL
UNIT I
HUMAN OCCUPATION (Meaning features objectives and scope of following) t Business (Inclusive of Industry and commerce) 2 Profession ) Employment 4 Vocation
b BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS (Only conceptual clarity of followings three types ofsystems not detailed study) I Capilalism 2 Socialism 3 Mixed economy
UNIT 2
a fORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION Sole proprietorship Partnership Joint Stock Company~ Comiddotoperative society Public Enterprise Non-profit organization
b SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits
UNIT 3
a PARTNERSHIP Meaning characteristics j fonnation merits and demerits Types of Partnership firm Limited Liability Partnership Conversion of Partnership in to
Joint Stock Company
UNIT 4
a JOINT STOCK COMPANY Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Types of company the concept ofOne Person Company
b CO-OPERA T[VE SOCIETY Meaning characteristics fonnation merits and demerits Multi-State Cooperative Socity
UNIT 5
a PUBLIC ENTERPRISE Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits Role of Public Enterprise in infrastructure development
b NON-PROFIT ORGAN[SATION Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Role arNon-profit organization d~veiopment of society
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Fundamentals or Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan Suhanchand and Sons
2 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar
10
BRA Semester - (Effective from June - 2010)
103 -GROW111 AND STRUCTURE OF INDUSTRIES
Objecthcs To make the students familiar with the pattern of industries in India its history growth and future prospectus
UNIT L a Types oflndU5tries~ Location factors affecting industries b Small-scale industries in India- Definitions importance problems and
government measures UNIT 2
3 Industrial Policies- Current fndustrial Policies ofGovemment of India UNIT 3
a Governments role as promoter as a financier to Small Medium and Large Scale industries through Public Financial Institutions
UNIT 4 a Infrastructure as key Industrial inpul- Transport telecommunication and energ) sector
UNIT 5 a Industrial Sickness- Meaning current scenario causes and measures to
eliminate sickness b Technological changes in Indian Industries reCent trends its economic and
non-eeonomic sickness
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Indian Economy -By K V Sivayya 2 Indian Economy~ By Mishra and Puri 3 Indian Economy- By Sunderaro Dutt 4 Business Environment- Frnacis Cherunilam 5 Business Environment -ByMatherw
II
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
104 - Principles of Economics -I (MICRO-ECONOMICS)
J Defmition ofeconomics Classical Neo-classieai and scarcity defmition of economies Nature and Scope ofcoonomies ofeeonomics
2 Utility Utility total utility and marginal utility Law ofdiminishing marginal utility Law of equc-marginat utility
3 Theory of demand and supply meaning factors affecting to effective demand law of demand exceptions Meaning faetors affecting to supply and law of supply
4 Elasticity of demand meaning types ofit factors affecting to elasticity of demand methods to measure price elasticity ofdemand and practical significance of price elasticity ofdemand
5 Market structure meaning and features of perfect competition monopoly oligopoly and monopoJistie competition
Reference books
I Micro economics- by SKAgarwala Excel Books New DeihL 2 Business Economics- by M Adhikary Excel Books New DeIhL 3 Principles of eoonomics by PMBhutani-Taxmans 4 Micro-economics by DMMithani -Himalaya pub S Principles ofeeonomics bysundhram Vaish
12
BBA Scmesler-I (Effective from June - 2010) 105 - OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help Ihe students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50lVo and Practical 50
UNIT 1 COMPUTER An overview of hardware Input devices and Media Output
device and Media Main Storage Auxiliary or Backing storage Communication Equipment and System [nterconnection
UNIT2 INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM (MICROSOF WINDOWS 98)
1 Navigating Desktop (moving arranging line up icons) Taskbar properties 2 Windows 98 accessories WordPad Paint Calculator Sound recorder CD Player
System tools (concept of Scan disk Disk Defragmentation)
UNIT 3 1 Dialog Box- Display property Drive property File property 2 File and Foders- Crealion of Folders Copying Moving and Deleting files
and folderS file management utility Windows 98 explorer and creation of shortcut
3 Desktop icons- My computer (eoncept of connected drivers printer) Control Panel (mouse keyboard and dateJtime) Recycle bin
4 Printing offiles
UNIT 4 1 File Properties File name Size Creation Date amp Time and Attributes
Viewing properties 2 Customlzing the Start Manu Start menu properties adding amp removmg
programs Clearing doeument menu
UNIT S WORD PROCESSOR PACKAGE (MICROSOFT WORD 2003)
1 Concept of word proeessor 2 Screen components ofMS Word 2003 Window 3 Page setup fonnatting of page page preview 4 Creation of neW document opening existing documents saving dltKument
printing document 5 Seleeting copying pasting moving and formatting text text box formatting
paragraphs work art 6 MaH merge utility
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 ABC of WindowM 98 BPB Publication 2 Window~98 6 in Prantiee Hall Pubtlcation 3 Microsoft Offiee- 2003 Complete BPB Publieation 4 Word-20m No experLence required BPS Publication 5 Microsoft Word~ 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 6 ExceU-200J No experience required BPB Publication
Note Unit - t to 4 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 5 for 50 Marks Practical Exam
13
BBA Semester - I (Effective from June - 2010)
106middot PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCv
Level of knowledge Only basic vorking knowledge is required
Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statements
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I 3 Definition Nature and Scope of Accounting b Concept and Conventions ofAccounting Accounting as a Measurement
discipline Relationship of accounting with economics and statislics Role of Accountant Terns U$ed in financial accounting
c Business Transactions - Meaning and Classification Classification of Account Rules of Debit and Credit Accounting equation
UNIT2 a Journal Ledger Posting and Balancing of ledger accounts
UNIT 3 a Purchase Book Sales Book Purchase Rcturn Book Sales Return Book b Cash Book and Petty Cash Books
UNIT 4 s Preparation of Final Accounts- Trial Balance frofit amp Loss Account and Baianee
Sheet Closing entries Adjustments entries (Sole Proprietorship only)
UNIT 5 a Accounting Errors - Types of Errors Rectification of Errors Effects of
Errors on Final Accounts b Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Financial Accounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principles and Practice of Accountillg~ by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3Jntroduction to Accountancy-by SN Maheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentilte Han India New Delhi) 5Finaneial Accounting By Ashish Bhattacharya ( Prentice Hail India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by Pc Tusian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CONcw
Delhi) 7Principlcs and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-DalaI (BSShah Ahmedabad) 8Principles and Practice of Accounlancy -by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad)
14
BBA SemesteT-1 (Effective from June - 2010)
107 -Business Mathematics-J
2
__ r-2~---1 Properties of (Q 3 Plogres~io~___
31 i Definitions ofPr ~2 IArithIDetic Progr ~3 I Geometric Progr ~~~~~~~~~rogl35 I n term and sum
___116 pielaion betwee 4 ~~~~t~~~and Com
4J__LMeaning o[Pc_ ~2_ I Pemlutations of r~__Lg~~~ Permu 44~_Pennutio~oi ~ Restricted Penn ~46_ Meaning o[Com binations
~-~---------~~-~-----~~-~-~~l
47 Com~JementX Theore___~~__~_ -----I 48 Restricted Comb inations
----------~-~--shy
49 i Combinations of things nOI all d~fferent _______ 5 ~athi~at~aIInduction and Binomial Theo=m--_~_____
51 Introduction M athematicallnduction ~ -~ 52 Princip~es ofMathcmatica Induction arurreia~~pf~~~~~shy53 Introduction of Binomial Theorem Position of Terrns
L 11~ BiiomralCoe~cients BIMffiial Theorem wlthanyIOdex--- Reference Books J Business Mathematks D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor(S Chand amp Sons) 2 Mathematics for Economics and Business - KS Bhardwaj Excel Books New
Delhi 3 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tala McGraw-HilI) 4 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Gne Alka Goel (Taxroanns)
15
(Effective from June - 2010)
108 -COMMUNICATION SKILLS-I
Mark 70 Theory and 30 Practical
1 Source Text for Languagc- Vou can Win - Shiv Khcra -4 chapters
30 marks theory - l2 lectures 10 marks presentation 011 any Management Personality - lectures
2 Introduction to Business Communication
Communication Process Effective Business Communication (5Cs) Roadblocks to Effective Communication Improving Communication At Organisational level At individual level
Cross cultural communication
15 marks theory - 7 lectures 5 marks c1ass test - I lecture
3 Effective Written Communication
Language Layout Formal of Business Letters Writing Smart Business E mails Rules for Precis Writing Abstract Writing for Projects Research papers
15 marks theory - () lectures 5 marks Precis Writing Exercises- 2 lectures
4 Grammar The teacher would revise the theory of language and grammar studied by the students in schoo and then there should be a praetical presentation by the students covering different aspects of grammarl language like punctuation articles prepositions tenses and their ilk The students can use various means like role~plays dialogue delivery debates group discussions to show their comprehension of grammatical components It would be the discretion of the teaeher to assign tltem the topics aspects for presentation
10 marks theory ~ 8 1ectures 10 marks for activity - 4 lectures
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Business Communication by MK Sehgal Excel Books New Delhi
16
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
RBBA - 6 PROMOTION RE-ADMISSION RULES ~ MAXIMUM TIME FOR COMPLETION OF COURSE
6 Rules of promotion shall be as under
Gl From semester I to semester II if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester I and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the inlcrnal asessment component
612 From semester II to semester HI if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester II and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and seeures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the internal assessment component of semester 11 and clears 5000 of a total courses of semester I and II
613 From semester Ul to semester IV if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester II and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the intema1 assessment component of semester HI and clears all the courses ofsemester I and 11
614 From semester iV to semester V if a student undergoes a regular course of study of the semester V and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the internal assessment component of semesler V and clears 50 of the total course of semester HI and IV
615 From semester V to semester VI if a student undergoes a regular course ofstudy of the semester VI and fulfills the required criterion of attendance and secures minimum 12 (out of 30) marks in the internal assessment component of semester Vi and clears all the courses of semester III and 1V
6 L6 Regarding the declaration of the result the University shalt declare the result of the third Semester only when the student has cleared the first semester comple~ely It shall declare the result of the fourth semester only when the students has cleared the Semester Ii examination completely This pattern shall be fHowed ahead in the same spirit
61 J There shall be no provision for the Remedial Examination for lhe students who fail in the Semester-End Examination
618 The Semesters shall remain as foHows Odd Semesters) Sib June to 14u1 December Even Semesters lSh December to 141b June
619 The First Semester Examination period shall be from 181b October 2010 to 141h November 2010
6110 The odd semester vacation shall be from lSI December to 141h Dccember2010 The SUmmer vacation shall be of six weeks
62 Rules and the Procedure lor granting Re~admisdon to the student shall be as under
5
621 who had no put in the required attendance in a cOllrse in the conc~m Programme of a semester and thus detained or
622 who had not cleared the required nwnber of Courses aod thus detained or
623 who had not after completing a semester continued tbe studies in the ncxt immediJte semester 00 personalhealth grounds but desired to continue hislher studies after a short break such a student shall be eligible to rejoin the Programme from where heshe had left it subject to clause 625 amp 626
624 A student who had put in not less than 40 of attendance in a semester and nol registered for the examination shall be considered for the re-admission in the same semester
625 The student who after completing the first two semesters Programme ifopts out of the Programme then he or she shall be eligible to rejoin the Programme subject to the time period elapsed has not exeeeded two years
626 Such readmissions shall be granted by the Principal of the concerned college directly subjeet to the fulfillment ofihe following Cllditiolls
a) The concerned teachers have granted the attendance of the Course in eaeh semester
b) The student shall complete the Progranune within double the duration of the Programme from the year of the original admission
c) No readmission shall be granted after the first four weeks of the Semester in which heshe is seeking admission
627 Readmission shaH not be applicable middotto the Programme in which admission is granted by a Central Admission Committee college it self
628 The Six-semester (three year) Programme shall be completed by a student within double the duration of the nonnal Programme period (ie 6 years)
Note The provisional grade card wili be issued at the end of every semester indicating the course completed successfully Upon succeSsfully completion of Bachelor degree Program a final grade card which shan consists ofgrades ofaU courses will be issued by the Controller of Examinations of the University Such a final grade card may be formed as shown in the RBBA -7
RBBA-7 Award of Grades SGPA CGrA
Qredits~Grade Let~er Gracie PointsCredit Pojnts
71 Credit means the unit by whieh the course work is measured In these Regulations one credit means one hour of teaching work or two hours of practical work per week
12 Grade Letter is an index to indicate the performance of a student in a particular course (Paper) It is the transformation of actual marks secured by a student in a coursepaper h is indicated by a Grade tetter OABCDEF There is a range of marks for each Grade Letter
73 GradePoint is weightagc allotted to each grade letter depending on the marks awarded in a coursepaper
6
Grade
i Point(Gl
Lower
i (Al
limit Upper
(B)
limit For deciding the
grade point Grade
Letters ranges
1 2 3
4
5
LOest 4 30 39 I 30lt~Plt40 F
i 5 40 49 40lt~PltSO E 6
50 59 50lt=Plt60 D
7
8 60
70 I 69
79
60lt=Plt70
70=Plt80
C
B
9 80 89 80lt=Plt90 A
~i~bcst 10 90 99 90lt=Plt~IOO 0
The semestcNnd Grade Point Average (SOFA) and the CouTse~end Cumulative
Grade Point Average (COPA) are computed as follows
Credit Points Credit of the course (Cr) x Grade secured in the course (G)
Sum ofall Credit Points secured by the student in the ~mester SGPA m _ bullbullbullbullbullbull
Sum of Credits assigned to the Courses in the Semester
Sum ofall Credit Points of the entire Programme
CGPAm
Sum of Credits up to the end of the Programme
The COPA shall be expressed to an accuracy of three decimal digits
The percentage equivalence shall be obtained by multiplying COPA with 10
The descnpttve gradation shaU be based on the scale IlIVen III the followmg table
CGPA Description gradation if required)
Equivalence
(if req uired)
75lt=CGPA lt~10 CGPAxIO~~------~D~IS~T~jN~C~T~j~O~N-------4 6ltmCOPAlt 75 CGPAx 10 FIRST CLASS
5ltmCGPA lt6 COPA x 10 SECOND CLASS 4ltmCGPA~~~______~C~G~P~A~K~IO~-L________~P~A~S~S~C~L~A~S~S
7
Semester-I Course Coursmiddote--filfe-M~-- ------middotmiddot-rComiddotu-rse-~N~o--of1
I Calegory Credits Hrs Per Ii
Week i ~-l+-__-ECore Principles of Management -1 3 1 3 ~-l+~__+Cmiddotomiddot~rc=_middot---ttFoCorm~SpoundOCf~B~u-s-iness=30rganiza--tio-n-s-1----tmiddotmiddotmiddot-3-middotmiddot_---cJ--i1
Core Growth amp Structure of Industries 3 __ I 3 -~~---~C~o~re~--tP~ri-n~Ci~p~le-s-o~fE~co-n-o-m~i~c-~71~(N~ic-r-o~)---~-~J ---3~~
---t-Co-re----Office Automation i+2f--fi f-c-r----hEI-e-ctivc-e-~Pr~in-c-ipl-e-s-amppcra-ctic--o-f-A-cmiddotmiddotc-o-un-in-g--I--+-3 I 3 j
---~E~I-ec~t~ivmiddote--- ~B-u~si~n-e~-m-a-h-e-n-lat~ic-~l-------~ 3 3
Found Communication Skm~I 3 I 3 I --
1 Credit
Course Structure DBA Semcst(r~Il
N Course Course Course Title ICoorse Noof 0 Code i Category Credits Hrs Per I
Week
I 201 Core Principles of Management-II 3 J ___ M
2 202 Core Forms ofBusiness Organization-II 3 3
3 i 203 Core Practical Studies 3 3
4-204 Core Principles of Economics-U (Macro) i
J 3
5 205 Core Office Automation 2+2 4
I6 206 Elective Principles amp Practice of Accounting-II 3 J
7 107 Elective Business Mathematics~II 3 3 S- 208 Found Communication Skill-Ii 3 3
2 PractlCal- 1 Credit
8
BBA Semoster-I (Effective from June - 2010)
101 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- I
Objectives This course presents introductory aspects of business management It focuses on meaning importance and functions of business management The objective is 10 help he students understand the fundamental concepts and principles ofmanagemenL
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Introduction - Definitions - Charaetedslies _ fmportance - Management Process and Functions - Management as an Art and Science - Management as a Profession shyU nivcrsalily of Management
UNIT 2 PLANNING Introduction Definitions - Charaeteristics - Importance - Planning Process - Planning Premises - Elements or Types of Plan DeciSion-making - Definitions and Process Forecasting - Meaning and Process
UNIT 3 ORGANISING Introduction - Definitions of Organising - Organising Process - PrinciplesQualities of Good Organisatioll~ Delegation and Deeentralisation - Concept and Difference Brief Idea Merits and Demerits of Functional Organisation Committee Organisation Concept of Matrix and Project Organisation _
UNIT 4 STAFFING AND DIJlECTlNG Staffing Introduction - Definition - ImpOrtance - Brief Idea of Main Staffing functions Directing - Introduction - Definition - Direcling and Coordination shyImportance ~ Brief Idea of Directing Tools (Definitions and Features of Leadership Motivation Communication and Supervision) - Communication Process and Barriers in Communieation
UNIT 5 CONTROLLING Introduction - Definition - Controlling Process - Importance of Controlling - Brief idea ofControUing Techniques - Ideal Controlling System
JlEFERENCE BOOKS
1 Rao VSP and Krishna v Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New Delhi
2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice ofManagemenl Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
9
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
102 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION- I
Objectives To make the students familiar with different forms ofbusiness organizations their formation and managemenL
UNIT I
HUMAN OCCUPATION (Meaning features objectives and scope of following) t Business (Inclusive of Industry and commerce) 2 Profession ) Employment 4 Vocation
b BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS (Only conceptual clarity of followings three types ofsystems not detailed study) I Capilalism 2 Socialism 3 Mixed economy
UNIT 2
a fORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION Sole proprietorship Partnership Joint Stock Company~ Comiddotoperative society Public Enterprise Non-profit organization
b SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits
UNIT 3
a PARTNERSHIP Meaning characteristics j fonnation merits and demerits Types of Partnership firm Limited Liability Partnership Conversion of Partnership in to
Joint Stock Company
UNIT 4
a JOINT STOCK COMPANY Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Types of company the concept ofOne Person Company
b CO-OPERA T[VE SOCIETY Meaning characteristics fonnation merits and demerits Multi-State Cooperative Socity
UNIT 5
a PUBLIC ENTERPRISE Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits Role of Public Enterprise in infrastructure development
b NON-PROFIT ORGAN[SATION Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Role arNon-profit organization d~veiopment of society
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Fundamentals or Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan Suhanchand and Sons
2 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar
10
BRA Semester - (Effective from June - 2010)
103 -GROW111 AND STRUCTURE OF INDUSTRIES
Objecthcs To make the students familiar with the pattern of industries in India its history growth and future prospectus
UNIT L a Types oflndU5tries~ Location factors affecting industries b Small-scale industries in India- Definitions importance problems and
government measures UNIT 2
3 Industrial Policies- Current fndustrial Policies ofGovemment of India UNIT 3
a Governments role as promoter as a financier to Small Medium and Large Scale industries through Public Financial Institutions
UNIT 4 a Infrastructure as key Industrial inpul- Transport telecommunication and energ) sector
UNIT 5 a Industrial Sickness- Meaning current scenario causes and measures to
eliminate sickness b Technological changes in Indian Industries reCent trends its economic and
non-eeonomic sickness
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Indian Economy -By K V Sivayya 2 Indian Economy~ By Mishra and Puri 3 Indian Economy- By Sunderaro Dutt 4 Business Environment- Frnacis Cherunilam 5 Business Environment -ByMatherw
II
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
104 - Principles of Economics -I (MICRO-ECONOMICS)
J Defmition ofeconomics Classical Neo-classieai and scarcity defmition of economies Nature and Scope ofcoonomies ofeeonomics
2 Utility Utility total utility and marginal utility Law ofdiminishing marginal utility Law of equc-marginat utility
3 Theory of demand and supply meaning factors affecting to effective demand law of demand exceptions Meaning faetors affecting to supply and law of supply
4 Elasticity of demand meaning types ofit factors affecting to elasticity of demand methods to measure price elasticity ofdemand and practical significance of price elasticity ofdemand
5 Market structure meaning and features of perfect competition monopoly oligopoly and monopoJistie competition
Reference books
I Micro economics- by SKAgarwala Excel Books New DeihL 2 Business Economics- by M Adhikary Excel Books New DeIhL 3 Principles of eoonomics by PMBhutani-Taxmans 4 Micro-economics by DMMithani -Himalaya pub S Principles ofeeonomics bysundhram Vaish
12
BBA Scmesler-I (Effective from June - 2010) 105 - OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help Ihe students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50lVo and Practical 50
UNIT 1 COMPUTER An overview of hardware Input devices and Media Output
device and Media Main Storage Auxiliary or Backing storage Communication Equipment and System [nterconnection
UNIT2 INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM (MICROSOF WINDOWS 98)
1 Navigating Desktop (moving arranging line up icons) Taskbar properties 2 Windows 98 accessories WordPad Paint Calculator Sound recorder CD Player
System tools (concept of Scan disk Disk Defragmentation)
UNIT 3 1 Dialog Box- Display property Drive property File property 2 File and Foders- Crealion of Folders Copying Moving and Deleting files
and folderS file management utility Windows 98 explorer and creation of shortcut
3 Desktop icons- My computer (eoncept of connected drivers printer) Control Panel (mouse keyboard and dateJtime) Recycle bin
4 Printing offiles
UNIT 4 1 File Properties File name Size Creation Date amp Time and Attributes
Viewing properties 2 Customlzing the Start Manu Start menu properties adding amp removmg
programs Clearing doeument menu
UNIT S WORD PROCESSOR PACKAGE (MICROSOFT WORD 2003)
1 Concept of word proeessor 2 Screen components ofMS Word 2003 Window 3 Page setup fonnatting of page page preview 4 Creation of neW document opening existing documents saving dltKument
printing document 5 Seleeting copying pasting moving and formatting text text box formatting
paragraphs work art 6 MaH merge utility
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 ABC of WindowM 98 BPB Publication 2 Window~98 6 in Prantiee Hall Pubtlcation 3 Microsoft Offiee- 2003 Complete BPB Publieation 4 Word-20m No experLence required BPS Publication 5 Microsoft Word~ 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 6 ExceU-200J No experience required BPB Publication
Note Unit - t to 4 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 5 for 50 Marks Practical Exam
13
BBA Semester - I (Effective from June - 2010)
106middot PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCv
Level of knowledge Only basic vorking knowledge is required
Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statements
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I 3 Definition Nature and Scope of Accounting b Concept and Conventions ofAccounting Accounting as a Measurement
discipline Relationship of accounting with economics and statislics Role of Accountant Terns U$ed in financial accounting
c Business Transactions - Meaning and Classification Classification of Account Rules of Debit and Credit Accounting equation
UNIT2 a Journal Ledger Posting and Balancing of ledger accounts
UNIT 3 a Purchase Book Sales Book Purchase Rcturn Book Sales Return Book b Cash Book and Petty Cash Books
UNIT 4 s Preparation of Final Accounts- Trial Balance frofit amp Loss Account and Baianee
Sheet Closing entries Adjustments entries (Sole Proprietorship only)
UNIT 5 a Accounting Errors - Types of Errors Rectification of Errors Effects of
Errors on Final Accounts b Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Financial Accounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principles and Practice of Accountillg~ by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3Jntroduction to Accountancy-by SN Maheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentilte Han India New Delhi) 5Finaneial Accounting By Ashish Bhattacharya ( Prentice Hail India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by Pc Tusian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CONcw
Delhi) 7Principlcs and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-DalaI (BSShah Ahmedabad) 8Principles and Practice of Accounlancy -by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad)
14
BBA SemesteT-1 (Effective from June - 2010)
107 -Business Mathematics-J
2
__ r-2~---1 Properties of (Q 3 Plogres~io~___
31 i Definitions ofPr ~2 IArithIDetic Progr ~3 I Geometric Progr ~~~~~~~~~rogl35 I n term and sum
___116 pielaion betwee 4 ~~~~t~~~and Com
4J__LMeaning o[Pc_ ~2_ I Pemlutations of r~__Lg~~~ Permu 44~_Pennutio~oi ~ Restricted Penn ~46_ Meaning o[Com binations
~-~---------~~-~-----~~-~-~~l
47 Com~JementX Theore___~~__~_ -----I 48 Restricted Comb inations
----------~-~--shy
49 i Combinations of things nOI all d~fferent _______ 5 ~athi~at~aIInduction and Binomial Theo=m--_~_____
51 Introduction M athematicallnduction ~ -~ 52 Princip~es ofMathcmatica Induction arurreia~~pf~~~~~shy53 Introduction of Binomial Theorem Position of Terrns
L 11~ BiiomralCoe~cients BIMffiial Theorem wlthanyIOdex--- Reference Books J Business Mathematks D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor(S Chand amp Sons) 2 Mathematics for Economics and Business - KS Bhardwaj Excel Books New
Delhi 3 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tala McGraw-HilI) 4 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Gne Alka Goel (Taxroanns)
15
(Effective from June - 2010)
108 -COMMUNICATION SKILLS-I
Mark 70 Theory and 30 Practical
1 Source Text for Languagc- Vou can Win - Shiv Khcra -4 chapters
30 marks theory - l2 lectures 10 marks presentation 011 any Management Personality - lectures
2 Introduction to Business Communication
Communication Process Effective Business Communication (5Cs) Roadblocks to Effective Communication Improving Communication At Organisational level At individual level
Cross cultural communication
15 marks theory - 7 lectures 5 marks c1ass test - I lecture
3 Effective Written Communication
Language Layout Formal of Business Letters Writing Smart Business E mails Rules for Precis Writing Abstract Writing for Projects Research papers
15 marks theory - () lectures 5 marks Precis Writing Exercises- 2 lectures
4 Grammar The teacher would revise the theory of language and grammar studied by the students in schoo and then there should be a praetical presentation by the students covering different aspects of grammarl language like punctuation articles prepositions tenses and their ilk The students can use various means like role~plays dialogue delivery debates group discussions to show their comprehension of grammatical components It would be the discretion of the teaeher to assign tltem the topics aspects for presentation
10 marks theory ~ 8 1ectures 10 marks for activity - 4 lectures
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Business Communication by MK Sehgal Excel Books New Delhi
16
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
621 who had no put in the required attendance in a cOllrse in the conc~m Programme of a semester and thus detained or
622 who had not cleared the required nwnber of Courses aod thus detained or
623 who had not after completing a semester continued tbe studies in the ncxt immediJte semester 00 personalhealth grounds but desired to continue hislher studies after a short break such a student shall be eligible to rejoin the Programme from where heshe had left it subject to clause 625 amp 626
624 A student who had put in not less than 40 of attendance in a semester and nol registered for the examination shall be considered for the re-admission in the same semester
625 The student who after completing the first two semesters Programme ifopts out of the Programme then he or she shall be eligible to rejoin the Programme subject to the time period elapsed has not exeeeded two years
626 Such readmissions shall be granted by the Principal of the concerned college directly subjeet to the fulfillment ofihe following Cllditiolls
a) The concerned teachers have granted the attendance of the Course in eaeh semester
b) The student shall complete the Progranune within double the duration of the Programme from the year of the original admission
c) No readmission shall be granted after the first four weeks of the Semester in which heshe is seeking admission
627 Readmission shaH not be applicable middotto the Programme in which admission is granted by a Central Admission Committee college it self
628 The Six-semester (three year) Programme shall be completed by a student within double the duration of the nonnal Programme period (ie 6 years)
Note The provisional grade card wili be issued at the end of every semester indicating the course completed successfully Upon succeSsfully completion of Bachelor degree Program a final grade card which shan consists ofgrades ofaU courses will be issued by the Controller of Examinations of the University Such a final grade card may be formed as shown in the RBBA -7
RBBA-7 Award of Grades SGPA CGrA
Qredits~Grade Let~er Gracie PointsCredit Pojnts
71 Credit means the unit by whieh the course work is measured In these Regulations one credit means one hour of teaching work or two hours of practical work per week
12 Grade Letter is an index to indicate the performance of a student in a particular course (Paper) It is the transformation of actual marks secured by a student in a coursepaper h is indicated by a Grade tetter OABCDEF There is a range of marks for each Grade Letter
73 GradePoint is weightagc allotted to each grade letter depending on the marks awarded in a coursepaper
6
Grade
i Point(Gl
Lower
i (Al
limit Upper
(B)
limit For deciding the
grade point Grade
Letters ranges
1 2 3
4
5
LOest 4 30 39 I 30lt~Plt40 F
i 5 40 49 40lt~PltSO E 6
50 59 50lt=Plt60 D
7
8 60
70 I 69
79
60lt=Plt70
70=Plt80
C
B
9 80 89 80lt=Plt90 A
~i~bcst 10 90 99 90lt=Plt~IOO 0
The semestcNnd Grade Point Average (SOFA) and the CouTse~end Cumulative
Grade Point Average (COPA) are computed as follows
Credit Points Credit of the course (Cr) x Grade secured in the course (G)
Sum ofall Credit Points secured by the student in the ~mester SGPA m _ bullbullbullbullbullbull
Sum of Credits assigned to the Courses in the Semester
Sum ofall Credit Points of the entire Programme
CGPAm
Sum of Credits up to the end of the Programme
The COPA shall be expressed to an accuracy of three decimal digits
The percentage equivalence shall be obtained by multiplying COPA with 10
The descnpttve gradation shaU be based on the scale IlIVen III the followmg table
CGPA Description gradation if required)
Equivalence
(if req uired)
75lt=CGPA lt~10 CGPAxIO~~------~D~IS~T~jN~C~T~j~O~N-------4 6ltmCOPAlt 75 CGPAx 10 FIRST CLASS
5ltmCGPA lt6 COPA x 10 SECOND CLASS 4ltmCGPA~~~______~C~G~P~A~K~IO~-L________~P~A~S~S~C~L~A~S~S
7
Semester-I Course Coursmiddote--filfe-M~-- ------middotmiddot-rComiddotu-rse-~N~o--of1
I Calegory Credits Hrs Per Ii
Week i ~-l+-__-ECore Principles of Management -1 3 1 3 ~-l+~__+Cmiddotomiddot~rc=_middot---ttFoCorm~SpoundOCf~B~u-s-iness=30rganiza--tio-n-s-1----tmiddotmiddotmiddot-3-middotmiddot_---cJ--i1
Core Growth amp Structure of Industries 3 __ I 3 -~~---~C~o~re~--tP~ri-n~Ci~p~le-s-o~fE~co-n-o-m~i~c-~71~(N~ic-r-o~)---~-~J ---3~~
---t-Co-re----Office Automation i+2f--fi f-c-r----hEI-e-ctivc-e-~Pr~in-c-ipl-e-s-amppcra-ctic--o-f-A-cmiddotmiddotc-o-un-in-g--I--+-3 I 3 j
---~E~I-ec~t~ivmiddote--- ~B-u~si~n-e~-m-a-h-e-n-lat~ic-~l-------~ 3 3
Found Communication Skm~I 3 I 3 I --
1 Credit
Course Structure DBA Semcst(r~Il
N Course Course Course Title ICoorse Noof 0 Code i Category Credits Hrs Per I
Week
I 201 Core Principles of Management-II 3 J ___ M
2 202 Core Forms ofBusiness Organization-II 3 3
3 i 203 Core Practical Studies 3 3
4-204 Core Principles of Economics-U (Macro) i
J 3
5 205 Core Office Automation 2+2 4
I6 206 Elective Principles amp Practice of Accounting-II 3 J
7 107 Elective Business Mathematics~II 3 3 S- 208 Found Communication Skill-Ii 3 3
2 PractlCal- 1 Credit
8
BBA Semoster-I (Effective from June - 2010)
101 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- I
Objectives This course presents introductory aspects of business management It focuses on meaning importance and functions of business management The objective is 10 help he students understand the fundamental concepts and principles ofmanagemenL
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Introduction - Definitions - Charaetedslies _ fmportance - Management Process and Functions - Management as an Art and Science - Management as a Profession shyU nivcrsalily of Management
UNIT 2 PLANNING Introduction Definitions - Charaeteristics - Importance - Planning Process - Planning Premises - Elements or Types of Plan DeciSion-making - Definitions and Process Forecasting - Meaning and Process
UNIT 3 ORGANISING Introduction - Definitions of Organising - Organising Process - PrinciplesQualities of Good Organisatioll~ Delegation and Deeentralisation - Concept and Difference Brief Idea Merits and Demerits of Functional Organisation Committee Organisation Concept of Matrix and Project Organisation _
UNIT 4 STAFFING AND DIJlECTlNG Staffing Introduction - Definition - ImpOrtance - Brief Idea of Main Staffing functions Directing - Introduction - Definition - Direcling and Coordination shyImportance ~ Brief Idea of Directing Tools (Definitions and Features of Leadership Motivation Communication and Supervision) - Communication Process and Barriers in Communieation
UNIT 5 CONTROLLING Introduction - Definition - Controlling Process - Importance of Controlling - Brief idea ofControUing Techniques - Ideal Controlling System
JlEFERENCE BOOKS
1 Rao VSP and Krishna v Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New Delhi
2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice ofManagemenl Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
9
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
102 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION- I
Objectives To make the students familiar with different forms ofbusiness organizations their formation and managemenL
UNIT I
HUMAN OCCUPATION (Meaning features objectives and scope of following) t Business (Inclusive of Industry and commerce) 2 Profession ) Employment 4 Vocation
b BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS (Only conceptual clarity of followings three types ofsystems not detailed study) I Capilalism 2 Socialism 3 Mixed economy
UNIT 2
a fORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION Sole proprietorship Partnership Joint Stock Company~ Comiddotoperative society Public Enterprise Non-profit organization
b SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits
UNIT 3
a PARTNERSHIP Meaning characteristics j fonnation merits and demerits Types of Partnership firm Limited Liability Partnership Conversion of Partnership in to
Joint Stock Company
UNIT 4
a JOINT STOCK COMPANY Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Types of company the concept ofOne Person Company
b CO-OPERA T[VE SOCIETY Meaning characteristics fonnation merits and demerits Multi-State Cooperative Socity
UNIT 5
a PUBLIC ENTERPRISE Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits Role of Public Enterprise in infrastructure development
b NON-PROFIT ORGAN[SATION Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Role arNon-profit organization d~veiopment of society
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Fundamentals or Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan Suhanchand and Sons
2 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar
10
BRA Semester - (Effective from June - 2010)
103 -GROW111 AND STRUCTURE OF INDUSTRIES
Objecthcs To make the students familiar with the pattern of industries in India its history growth and future prospectus
UNIT L a Types oflndU5tries~ Location factors affecting industries b Small-scale industries in India- Definitions importance problems and
government measures UNIT 2
3 Industrial Policies- Current fndustrial Policies ofGovemment of India UNIT 3
a Governments role as promoter as a financier to Small Medium and Large Scale industries through Public Financial Institutions
UNIT 4 a Infrastructure as key Industrial inpul- Transport telecommunication and energ) sector
UNIT 5 a Industrial Sickness- Meaning current scenario causes and measures to
eliminate sickness b Technological changes in Indian Industries reCent trends its economic and
non-eeonomic sickness
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Indian Economy -By K V Sivayya 2 Indian Economy~ By Mishra and Puri 3 Indian Economy- By Sunderaro Dutt 4 Business Environment- Frnacis Cherunilam 5 Business Environment -ByMatherw
II
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
104 - Principles of Economics -I (MICRO-ECONOMICS)
J Defmition ofeconomics Classical Neo-classieai and scarcity defmition of economies Nature and Scope ofcoonomies ofeeonomics
2 Utility Utility total utility and marginal utility Law ofdiminishing marginal utility Law of equc-marginat utility
3 Theory of demand and supply meaning factors affecting to effective demand law of demand exceptions Meaning faetors affecting to supply and law of supply
4 Elasticity of demand meaning types ofit factors affecting to elasticity of demand methods to measure price elasticity ofdemand and practical significance of price elasticity ofdemand
5 Market structure meaning and features of perfect competition monopoly oligopoly and monopoJistie competition
Reference books
I Micro economics- by SKAgarwala Excel Books New DeihL 2 Business Economics- by M Adhikary Excel Books New DeIhL 3 Principles of eoonomics by PMBhutani-Taxmans 4 Micro-economics by DMMithani -Himalaya pub S Principles ofeeonomics bysundhram Vaish
12
BBA Scmesler-I (Effective from June - 2010) 105 - OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help Ihe students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50lVo and Practical 50
UNIT 1 COMPUTER An overview of hardware Input devices and Media Output
device and Media Main Storage Auxiliary or Backing storage Communication Equipment and System [nterconnection
UNIT2 INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM (MICROSOF WINDOWS 98)
1 Navigating Desktop (moving arranging line up icons) Taskbar properties 2 Windows 98 accessories WordPad Paint Calculator Sound recorder CD Player
System tools (concept of Scan disk Disk Defragmentation)
UNIT 3 1 Dialog Box- Display property Drive property File property 2 File and Foders- Crealion of Folders Copying Moving and Deleting files
and folderS file management utility Windows 98 explorer and creation of shortcut
3 Desktop icons- My computer (eoncept of connected drivers printer) Control Panel (mouse keyboard and dateJtime) Recycle bin
4 Printing offiles
UNIT 4 1 File Properties File name Size Creation Date amp Time and Attributes
Viewing properties 2 Customlzing the Start Manu Start menu properties adding amp removmg
programs Clearing doeument menu
UNIT S WORD PROCESSOR PACKAGE (MICROSOFT WORD 2003)
1 Concept of word proeessor 2 Screen components ofMS Word 2003 Window 3 Page setup fonnatting of page page preview 4 Creation of neW document opening existing documents saving dltKument
printing document 5 Seleeting copying pasting moving and formatting text text box formatting
paragraphs work art 6 MaH merge utility
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 ABC of WindowM 98 BPB Publication 2 Window~98 6 in Prantiee Hall Pubtlcation 3 Microsoft Offiee- 2003 Complete BPB Publieation 4 Word-20m No experLence required BPS Publication 5 Microsoft Word~ 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 6 ExceU-200J No experience required BPB Publication
Note Unit - t to 4 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 5 for 50 Marks Practical Exam
13
BBA Semester - I (Effective from June - 2010)
106middot PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCv
Level of knowledge Only basic vorking knowledge is required
Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statements
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I 3 Definition Nature and Scope of Accounting b Concept and Conventions ofAccounting Accounting as a Measurement
discipline Relationship of accounting with economics and statislics Role of Accountant Terns U$ed in financial accounting
c Business Transactions - Meaning and Classification Classification of Account Rules of Debit and Credit Accounting equation
UNIT2 a Journal Ledger Posting and Balancing of ledger accounts
UNIT 3 a Purchase Book Sales Book Purchase Rcturn Book Sales Return Book b Cash Book and Petty Cash Books
UNIT 4 s Preparation of Final Accounts- Trial Balance frofit amp Loss Account and Baianee
Sheet Closing entries Adjustments entries (Sole Proprietorship only)
UNIT 5 a Accounting Errors - Types of Errors Rectification of Errors Effects of
Errors on Final Accounts b Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Financial Accounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principles and Practice of Accountillg~ by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3Jntroduction to Accountancy-by SN Maheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentilte Han India New Delhi) 5Finaneial Accounting By Ashish Bhattacharya ( Prentice Hail India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by Pc Tusian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CONcw
Delhi) 7Principlcs and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-DalaI (BSShah Ahmedabad) 8Principles and Practice of Accounlancy -by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad)
14
BBA SemesteT-1 (Effective from June - 2010)
107 -Business Mathematics-J
2
__ r-2~---1 Properties of (Q 3 Plogres~io~___
31 i Definitions ofPr ~2 IArithIDetic Progr ~3 I Geometric Progr ~~~~~~~~~rogl35 I n term and sum
___116 pielaion betwee 4 ~~~~t~~~and Com
4J__LMeaning o[Pc_ ~2_ I Pemlutations of r~__Lg~~~ Permu 44~_Pennutio~oi ~ Restricted Penn ~46_ Meaning o[Com binations
~-~---------~~-~-----~~-~-~~l
47 Com~JementX Theore___~~__~_ -----I 48 Restricted Comb inations
----------~-~--shy
49 i Combinations of things nOI all d~fferent _______ 5 ~athi~at~aIInduction and Binomial Theo=m--_~_____
51 Introduction M athematicallnduction ~ -~ 52 Princip~es ofMathcmatica Induction arurreia~~pf~~~~~shy53 Introduction of Binomial Theorem Position of Terrns
L 11~ BiiomralCoe~cients BIMffiial Theorem wlthanyIOdex--- Reference Books J Business Mathematks D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor(S Chand amp Sons) 2 Mathematics for Economics and Business - KS Bhardwaj Excel Books New
Delhi 3 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tala McGraw-HilI) 4 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Gne Alka Goel (Taxroanns)
15
(Effective from June - 2010)
108 -COMMUNICATION SKILLS-I
Mark 70 Theory and 30 Practical
1 Source Text for Languagc- Vou can Win - Shiv Khcra -4 chapters
30 marks theory - l2 lectures 10 marks presentation 011 any Management Personality - lectures
2 Introduction to Business Communication
Communication Process Effective Business Communication (5Cs) Roadblocks to Effective Communication Improving Communication At Organisational level At individual level
Cross cultural communication
15 marks theory - 7 lectures 5 marks c1ass test - I lecture
3 Effective Written Communication
Language Layout Formal of Business Letters Writing Smart Business E mails Rules for Precis Writing Abstract Writing for Projects Research papers
15 marks theory - () lectures 5 marks Precis Writing Exercises- 2 lectures
4 Grammar The teacher would revise the theory of language and grammar studied by the students in schoo and then there should be a praetical presentation by the students covering different aspects of grammarl language like punctuation articles prepositions tenses and their ilk The students can use various means like role~plays dialogue delivery debates group discussions to show their comprehension of grammatical components It would be the discretion of the teaeher to assign tltem the topics aspects for presentation
10 marks theory ~ 8 1ectures 10 marks for activity - 4 lectures
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Business Communication by MK Sehgal Excel Books New Delhi
16
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
Grade
i Point(Gl
Lower
i (Al
limit Upper
(B)
limit For deciding the
grade point Grade
Letters ranges
1 2 3
4
5
LOest 4 30 39 I 30lt~Plt40 F
i 5 40 49 40lt~PltSO E 6
50 59 50lt=Plt60 D
7
8 60
70 I 69
79
60lt=Plt70
70=Plt80
C
B
9 80 89 80lt=Plt90 A
~i~bcst 10 90 99 90lt=Plt~IOO 0
The semestcNnd Grade Point Average (SOFA) and the CouTse~end Cumulative
Grade Point Average (COPA) are computed as follows
Credit Points Credit of the course (Cr) x Grade secured in the course (G)
Sum ofall Credit Points secured by the student in the ~mester SGPA m _ bullbullbullbullbullbull
Sum of Credits assigned to the Courses in the Semester
Sum ofall Credit Points of the entire Programme
CGPAm
Sum of Credits up to the end of the Programme
The COPA shall be expressed to an accuracy of three decimal digits
The percentage equivalence shall be obtained by multiplying COPA with 10
The descnpttve gradation shaU be based on the scale IlIVen III the followmg table
CGPA Description gradation if required)
Equivalence
(if req uired)
75lt=CGPA lt~10 CGPAxIO~~------~D~IS~T~jN~C~T~j~O~N-------4 6ltmCOPAlt 75 CGPAx 10 FIRST CLASS
5ltmCGPA lt6 COPA x 10 SECOND CLASS 4ltmCGPA~~~______~C~G~P~A~K~IO~-L________~P~A~S~S~C~L~A~S~S
7
Semester-I Course Coursmiddote--filfe-M~-- ------middotmiddot-rComiddotu-rse-~N~o--of1
I Calegory Credits Hrs Per Ii
Week i ~-l+-__-ECore Principles of Management -1 3 1 3 ~-l+~__+Cmiddotomiddot~rc=_middot---ttFoCorm~SpoundOCf~B~u-s-iness=30rganiza--tio-n-s-1----tmiddotmiddotmiddot-3-middotmiddot_---cJ--i1
Core Growth amp Structure of Industries 3 __ I 3 -~~---~C~o~re~--tP~ri-n~Ci~p~le-s-o~fE~co-n-o-m~i~c-~71~(N~ic-r-o~)---~-~J ---3~~
---t-Co-re----Office Automation i+2f--fi f-c-r----hEI-e-ctivc-e-~Pr~in-c-ipl-e-s-amppcra-ctic--o-f-A-cmiddotmiddotc-o-un-in-g--I--+-3 I 3 j
---~E~I-ec~t~ivmiddote--- ~B-u~si~n-e~-m-a-h-e-n-lat~ic-~l-------~ 3 3
Found Communication Skm~I 3 I 3 I --
1 Credit
Course Structure DBA Semcst(r~Il
N Course Course Course Title ICoorse Noof 0 Code i Category Credits Hrs Per I
Week
I 201 Core Principles of Management-II 3 J ___ M
2 202 Core Forms ofBusiness Organization-II 3 3
3 i 203 Core Practical Studies 3 3
4-204 Core Principles of Economics-U (Macro) i
J 3
5 205 Core Office Automation 2+2 4
I6 206 Elective Principles amp Practice of Accounting-II 3 J
7 107 Elective Business Mathematics~II 3 3 S- 208 Found Communication Skill-Ii 3 3
2 PractlCal- 1 Credit
8
BBA Semoster-I (Effective from June - 2010)
101 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- I
Objectives This course presents introductory aspects of business management It focuses on meaning importance and functions of business management The objective is 10 help he students understand the fundamental concepts and principles ofmanagemenL
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Introduction - Definitions - Charaetedslies _ fmportance - Management Process and Functions - Management as an Art and Science - Management as a Profession shyU nivcrsalily of Management
UNIT 2 PLANNING Introduction Definitions - Charaeteristics - Importance - Planning Process - Planning Premises - Elements or Types of Plan DeciSion-making - Definitions and Process Forecasting - Meaning and Process
UNIT 3 ORGANISING Introduction - Definitions of Organising - Organising Process - PrinciplesQualities of Good Organisatioll~ Delegation and Deeentralisation - Concept and Difference Brief Idea Merits and Demerits of Functional Organisation Committee Organisation Concept of Matrix and Project Organisation _
UNIT 4 STAFFING AND DIJlECTlNG Staffing Introduction - Definition - ImpOrtance - Brief Idea of Main Staffing functions Directing - Introduction - Definition - Direcling and Coordination shyImportance ~ Brief Idea of Directing Tools (Definitions and Features of Leadership Motivation Communication and Supervision) - Communication Process and Barriers in Communieation
UNIT 5 CONTROLLING Introduction - Definition - Controlling Process - Importance of Controlling - Brief idea ofControUing Techniques - Ideal Controlling System
JlEFERENCE BOOKS
1 Rao VSP and Krishna v Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New Delhi
2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice ofManagemenl Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
9
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
102 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION- I
Objectives To make the students familiar with different forms ofbusiness organizations their formation and managemenL
UNIT I
HUMAN OCCUPATION (Meaning features objectives and scope of following) t Business (Inclusive of Industry and commerce) 2 Profession ) Employment 4 Vocation
b BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS (Only conceptual clarity of followings three types ofsystems not detailed study) I Capilalism 2 Socialism 3 Mixed economy
UNIT 2
a fORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION Sole proprietorship Partnership Joint Stock Company~ Comiddotoperative society Public Enterprise Non-profit organization
b SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits
UNIT 3
a PARTNERSHIP Meaning characteristics j fonnation merits and demerits Types of Partnership firm Limited Liability Partnership Conversion of Partnership in to
Joint Stock Company
UNIT 4
a JOINT STOCK COMPANY Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Types of company the concept ofOne Person Company
b CO-OPERA T[VE SOCIETY Meaning characteristics fonnation merits and demerits Multi-State Cooperative Socity
UNIT 5
a PUBLIC ENTERPRISE Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits Role of Public Enterprise in infrastructure development
b NON-PROFIT ORGAN[SATION Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Role arNon-profit organization d~veiopment of society
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Fundamentals or Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan Suhanchand and Sons
2 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar
10
BRA Semester - (Effective from June - 2010)
103 -GROW111 AND STRUCTURE OF INDUSTRIES
Objecthcs To make the students familiar with the pattern of industries in India its history growth and future prospectus
UNIT L a Types oflndU5tries~ Location factors affecting industries b Small-scale industries in India- Definitions importance problems and
government measures UNIT 2
3 Industrial Policies- Current fndustrial Policies ofGovemment of India UNIT 3
a Governments role as promoter as a financier to Small Medium and Large Scale industries through Public Financial Institutions
UNIT 4 a Infrastructure as key Industrial inpul- Transport telecommunication and energ) sector
UNIT 5 a Industrial Sickness- Meaning current scenario causes and measures to
eliminate sickness b Technological changes in Indian Industries reCent trends its economic and
non-eeonomic sickness
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Indian Economy -By K V Sivayya 2 Indian Economy~ By Mishra and Puri 3 Indian Economy- By Sunderaro Dutt 4 Business Environment- Frnacis Cherunilam 5 Business Environment -ByMatherw
II
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
104 - Principles of Economics -I (MICRO-ECONOMICS)
J Defmition ofeconomics Classical Neo-classieai and scarcity defmition of economies Nature and Scope ofcoonomies ofeeonomics
2 Utility Utility total utility and marginal utility Law ofdiminishing marginal utility Law of equc-marginat utility
3 Theory of demand and supply meaning factors affecting to effective demand law of demand exceptions Meaning faetors affecting to supply and law of supply
4 Elasticity of demand meaning types ofit factors affecting to elasticity of demand methods to measure price elasticity ofdemand and practical significance of price elasticity ofdemand
5 Market structure meaning and features of perfect competition monopoly oligopoly and monopoJistie competition
Reference books
I Micro economics- by SKAgarwala Excel Books New DeihL 2 Business Economics- by M Adhikary Excel Books New DeIhL 3 Principles of eoonomics by PMBhutani-Taxmans 4 Micro-economics by DMMithani -Himalaya pub S Principles ofeeonomics bysundhram Vaish
12
BBA Scmesler-I (Effective from June - 2010) 105 - OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help Ihe students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50lVo and Practical 50
UNIT 1 COMPUTER An overview of hardware Input devices and Media Output
device and Media Main Storage Auxiliary or Backing storage Communication Equipment and System [nterconnection
UNIT2 INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM (MICROSOF WINDOWS 98)
1 Navigating Desktop (moving arranging line up icons) Taskbar properties 2 Windows 98 accessories WordPad Paint Calculator Sound recorder CD Player
System tools (concept of Scan disk Disk Defragmentation)
UNIT 3 1 Dialog Box- Display property Drive property File property 2 File and Foders- Crealion of Folders Copying Moving and Deleting files
and folderS file management utility Windows 98 explorer and creation of shortcut
3 Desktop icons- My computer (eoncept of connected drivers printer) Control Panel (mouse keyboard and dateJtime) Recycle bin
4 Printing offiles
UNIT 4 1 File Properties File name Size Creation Date amp Time and Attributes
Viewing properties 2 Customlzing the Start Manu Start menu properties adding amp removmg
programs Clearing doeument menu
UNIT S WORD PROCESSOR PACKAGE (MICROSOFT WORD 2003)
1 Concept of word proeessor 2 Screen components ofMS Word 2003 Window 3 Page setup fonnatting of page page preview 4 Creation of neW document opening existing documents saving dltKument
printing document 5 Seleeting copying pasting moving and formatting text text box formatting
paragraphs work art 6 MaH merge utility
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 ABC of WindowM 98 BPB Publication 2 Window~98 6 in Prantiee Hall Pubtlcation 3 Microsoft Offiee- 2003 Complete BPB Publieation 4 Word-20m No experLence required BPS Publication 5 Microsoft Word~ 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 6 ExceU-200J No experience required BPB Publication
Note Unit - t to 4 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 5 for 50 Marks Practical Exam
13
BBA Semester - I (Effective from June - 2010)
106middot PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCv
Level of knowledge Only basic vorking knowledge is required
Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statements
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I 3 Definition Nature and Scope of Accounting b Concept and Conventions ofAccounting Accounting as a Measurement
discipline Relationship of accounting with economics and statislics Role of Accountant Terns U$ed in financial accounting
c Business Transactions - Meaning and Classification Classification of Account Rules of Debit and Credit Accounting equation
UNIT2 a Journal Ledger Posting and Balancing of ledger accounts
UNIT 3 a Purchase Book Sales Book Purchase Rcturn Book Sales Return Book b Cash Book and Petty Cash Books
UNIT 4 s Preparation of Final Accounts- Trial Balance frofit amp Loss Account and Baianee
Sheet Closing entries Adjustments entries (Sole Proprietorship only)
UNIT 5 a Accounting Errors - Types of Errors Rectification of Errors Effects of
Errors on Final Accounts b Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Financial Accounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principles and Practice of Accountillg~ by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3Jntroduction to Accountancy-by SN Maheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentilte Han India New Delhi) 5Finaneial Accounting By Ashish Bhattacharya ( Prentice Hail India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by Pc Tusian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CONcw
Delhi) 7Principlcs and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-DalaI (BSShah Ahmedabad) 8Principles and Practice of Accounlancy -by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad)
14
BBA SemesteT-1 (Effective from June - 2010)
107 -Business Mathematics-J
2
__ r-2~---1 Properties of (Q 3 Plogres~io~___
31 i Definitions ofPr ~2 IArithIDetic Progr ~3 I Geometric Progr ~~~~~~~~~rogl35 I n term and sum
___116 pielaion betwee 4 ~~~~t~~~and Com
4J__LMeaning o[Pc_ ~2_ I Pemlutations of r~__Lg~~~ Permu 44~_Pennutio~oi ~ Restricted Penn ~46_ Meaning o[Com binations
~-~---------~~-~-----~~-~-~~l
47 Com~JementX Theore___~~__~_ -----I 48 Restricted Comb inations
----------~-~--shy
49 i Combinations of things nOI all d~fferent _______ 5 ~athi~at~aIInduction and Binomial Theo=m--_~_____
51 Introduction M athematicallnduction ~ -~ 52 Princip~es ofMathcmatica Induction arurreia~~pf~~~~~shy53 Introduction of Binomial Theorem Position of Terrns
L 11~ BiiomralCoe~cients BIMffiial Theorem wlthanyIOdex--- Reference Books J Business Mathematks D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor(S Chand amp Sons) 2 Mathematics for Economics and Business - KS Bhardwaj Excel Books New
Delhi 3 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tala McGraw-HilI) 4 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Gne Alka Goel (Taxroanns)
15
(Effective from June - 2010)
108 -COMMUNICATION SKILLS-I
Mark 70 Theory and 30 Practical
1 Source Text for Languagc- Vou can Win - Shiv Khcra -4 chapters
30 marks theory - l2 lectures 10 marks presentation 011 any Management Personality - lectures
2 Introduction to Business Communication
Communication Process Effective Business Communication (5Cs) Roadblocks to Effective Communication Improving Communication At Organisational level At individual level
Cross cultural communication
15 marks theory - 7 lectures 5 marks c1ass test - I lecture
3 Effective Written Communication
Language Layout Formal of Business Letters Writing Smart Business E mails Rules for Precis Writing Abstract Writing for Projects Research papers
15 marks theory - () lectures 5 marks Precis Writing Exercises- 2 lectures
4 Grammar The teacher would revise the theory of language and grammar studied by the students in schoo and then there should be a praetical presentation by the students covering different aspects of grammarl language like punctuation articles prepositions tenses and their ilk The students can use various means like role~plays dialogue delivery debates group discussions to show their comprehension of grammatical components It would be the discretion of the teaeher to assign tltem the topics aspects for presentation
10 marks theory ~ 8 1ectures 10 marks for activity - 4 lectures
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Business Communication by MK Sehgal Excel Books New Delhi
16
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
Semester-I Course Coursmiddote--filfe-M~-- ------middotmiddot-rComiddotu-rse-~N~o--of1
I Calegory Credits Hrs Per Ii
Week i ~-l+-__-ECore Principles of Management -1 3 1 3 ~-l+~__+Cmiddotomiddot~rc=_middot---ttFoCorm~SpoundOCf~B~u-s-iness=30rganiza--tio-n-s-1----tmiddotmiddotmiddot-3-middotmiddot_---cJ--i1
Core Growth amp Structure of Industries 3 __ I 3 -~~---~C~o~re~--tP~ri-n~Ci~p~le-s-o~fE~co-n-o-m~i~c-~71~(N~ic-r-o~)---~-~J ---3~~
---t-Co-re----Office Automation i+2f--fi f-c-r----hEI-e-ctivc-e-~Pr~in-c-ipl-e-s-amppcra-ctic--o-f-A-cmiddotmiddotc-o-un-in-g--I--+-3 I 3 j
---~E~I-ec~t~ivmiddote--- ~B-u~si~n-e~-m-a-h-e-n-lat~ic-~l-------~ 3 3
Found Communication Skm~I 3 I 3 I --
1 Credit
Course Structure DBA Semcst(r~Il
N Course Course Course Title ICoorse Noof 0 Code i Category Credits Hrs Per I
Week
I 201 Core Principles of Management-II 3 J ___ M
2 202 Core Forms ofBusiness Organization-II 3 3
3 i 203 Core Practical Studies 3 3
4-204 Core Principles of Economics-U (Macro) i
J 3
5 205 Core Office Automation 2+2 4
I6 206 Elective Principles amp Practice of Accounting-II 3 J
7 107 Elective Business Mathematics~II 3 3 S- 208 Found Communication Skill-Ii 3 3
2 PractlCal- 1 Credit
8
BBA Semoster-I (Effective from June - 2010)
101 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- I
Objectives This course presents introductory aspects of business management It focuses on meaning importance and functions of business management The objective is 10 help he students understand the fundamental concepts and principles ofmanagemenL
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Introduction - Definitions - Charaetedslies _ fmportance - Management Process and Functions - Management as an Art and Science - Management as a Profession shyU nivcrsalily of Management
UNIT 2 PLANNING Introduction Definitions - Charaeteristics - Importance - Planning Process - Planning Premises - Elements or Types of Plan DeciSion-making - Definitions and Process Forecasting - Meaning and Process
UNIT 3 ORGANISING Introduction - Definitions of Organising - Organising Process - PrinciplesQualities of Good Organisatioll~ Delegation and Deeentralisation - Concept and Difference Brief Idea Merits and Demerits of Functional Organisation Committee Organisation Concept of Matrix and Project Organisation _
UNIT 4 STAFFING AND DIJlECTlNG Staffing Introduction - Definition - ImpOrtance - Brief Idea of Main Staffing functions Directing - Introduction - Definition - Direcling and Coordination shyImportance ~ Brief Idea of Directing Tools (Definitions and Features of Leadership Motivation Communication and Supervision) - Communication Process and Barriers in Communieation
UNIT 5 CONTROLLING Introduction - Definition - Controlling Process - Importance of Controlling - Brief idea ofControUing Techniques - Ideal Controlling System
JlEFERENCE BOOKS
1 Rao VSP and Krishna v Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New Delhi
2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice ofManagemenl Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
9
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
102 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION- I
Objectives To make the students familiar with different forms ofbusiness organizations their formation and managemenL
UNIT I
HUMAN OCCUPATION (Meaning features objectives and scope of following) t Business (Inclusive of Industry and commerce) 2 Profession ) Employment 4 Vocation
b BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS (Only conceptual clarity of followings three types ofsystems not detailed study) I Capilalism 2 Socialism 3 Mixed economy
UNIT 2
a fORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION Sole proprietorship Partnership Joint Stock Company~ Comiddotoperative society Public Enterprise Non-profit organization
b SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits
UNIT 3
a PARTNERSHIP Meaning characteristics j fonnation merits and demerits Types of Partnership firm Limited Liability Partnership Conversion of Partnership in to
Joint Stock Company
UNIT 4
a JOINT STOCK COMPANY Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Types of company the concept ofOne Person Company
b CO-OPERA T[VE SOCIETY Meaning characteristics fonnation merits and demerits Multi-State Cooperative Socity
UNIT 5
a PUBLIC ENTERPRISE Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits Role of Public Enterprise in infrastructure development
b NON-PROFIT ORGAN[SATION Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Role arNon-profit organization d~veiopment of society
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Fundamentals or Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan Suhanchand and Sons
2 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar
10
BRA Semester - (Effective from June - 2010)
103 -GROW111 AND STRUCTURE OF INDUSTRIES
Objecthcs To make the students familiar with the pattern of industries in India its history growth and future prospectus
UNIT L a Types oflndU5tries~ Location factors affecting industries b Small-scale industries in India- Definitions importance problems and
government measures UNIT 2
3 Industrial Policies- Current fndustrial Policies ofGovemment of India UNIT 3
a Governments role as promoter as a financier to Small Medium and Large Scale industries through Public Financial Institutions
UNIT 4 a Infrastructure as key Industrial inpul- Transport telecommunication and energ) sector
UNIT 5 a Industrial Sickness- Meaning current scenario causes and measures to
eliminate sickness b Technological changes in Indian Industries reCent trends its economic and
non-eeonomic sickness
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Indian Economy -By K V Sivayya 2 Indian Economy~ By Mishra and Puri 3 Indian Economy- By Sunderaro Dutt 4 Business Environment- Frnacis Cherunilam 5 Business Environment -ByMatherw
II
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
104 - Principles of Economics -I (MICRO-ECONOMICS)
J Defmition ofeconomics Classical Neo-classieai and scarcity defmition of economies Nature and Scope ofcoonomies ofeeonomics
2 Utility Utility total utility and marginal utility Law ofdiminishing marginal utility Law of equc-marginat utility
3 Theory of demand and supply meaning factors affecting to effective demand law of demand exceptions Meaning faetors affecting to supply and law of supply
4 Elasticity of demand meaning types ofit factors affecting to elasticity of demand methods to measure price elasticity ofdemand and practical significance of price elasticity ofdemand
5 Market structure meaning and features of perfect competition monopoly oligopoly and monopoJistie competition
Reference books
I Micro economics- by SKAgarwala Excel Books New DeihL 2 Business Economics- by M Adhikary Excel Books New DeIhL 3 Principles of eoonomics by PMBhutani-Taxmans 4 Micro-economics by DMMithani -Himalaya pub S Principles ofeeonomics bysundhram Vaish
12
BBA Scmesler-I (Effective from June - 2010) 105 - OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help Ihe students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50lVo and Practical 50
UNIT 1 COMPUTER An overview of hardware Input devices and Media Output
device and Media Main Storage Auxiliary or Backing storage Communication Equipment and System [nterconnection
UNIT2 INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM (MICROSOF WINDOWS 98)
1 Navigating Desktop (moving arranging line up icons) Taskbar properties 2 Windows 98 accessories WordPad Paint Calculator Sound recorder CD Player
System tools (concept of Scan disk Disk Defragmentation)
UNIT 3 1 Dialog Box- Display property Drive property File property 2 File and Foders- Crealion of Folders Copying Moving and Deleting files
and folderS file management utility Windows 98 explorer and creation of shortcut
3 Desktop icons- My computer (eoncept of connected drivers printer) Control Panel (mouse keyboard and dateJtime) Recycle bin
4 Printing offiles
UNIT 4 1 File Properties File name Size Creation Date amp Time and Attributes
Viewing properties 2 Customlzing the Start Manu Start menu properties adding amp removmg
programs Clearing doeument menu
UNIT S WORD PROCESSOR PACKAGE (MICROSOFT WORD 2003)
1 Concept of word proeessor 2 Screen components ofMS Word 2003 Window 3 Page setup fonnatting of page page preview 4 Creation of neW document opening existing documents saving dltKument
printing document 5 Seleeting copying pasting moving and formatting text text box formatting
paragraphs work art 6 MaH merge utility
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 ABC of WindowM 98 BPB Publication 2 Window~98 6 in Prantiee Hall Pubtlcation 3 Microsoft Offiee- 2003 Complete BPB Publieation 4 Word-20m No experLence required BPS Publication 5 Microsoft Word~ 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 6 ExceU-200J No experience required BPB Publication
Note Unit - t to 4 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 5 for 50 Marks Practical Exam
13
BBA Semester - I (Effective from June - 2010)
106middot PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCv
Level of knowledge Only basic vorking knowledge is required
Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statements
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I 3 Definition Nature and Scope of Accounting b Concept and Conventions ofAccounting Accounting as a Measurement
discipline Relationship of accounting with economics and statislics Role of Accountant Terns U$ed in financial accounting
c Business Transactions - Meaning and Classification Classification of Account Rules of Debit and Credit Accounting equation
UNIT2 a Journal Ledger Posting and Balancing of ledger accounts
UNIT 3 a Purchase Book Sales Book Purchase Rcturn Book Sales Return Book b Cash Book and Petty Cash Books
UNIT 4 s Preparation of Final Accounts- Trial Balance frofit amp Loss Account and Baianee
Sheet Closing entries Adjustments entries (Sole Proprietorship only)
UNIT 5 a Accounting Errors - Types of Errors Rectification of Errors Effects of
Errors on Final Accounts b Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Financial Accounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principles and Practice of Accountillg~ by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3Jntroduction to Accountancy-by SN Maheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentilte Han India New Delhi) 5Finaneial Accounting By Ashish Bhattacharya ( Prentice Hail India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by Pc Tusian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CONcw
Delhi) 7Principlcs and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-DalaI (BSShah Ahmedabad) 8Principles and Practice of Accounlancy -by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad)
14
BBA SemesteT-1 (Effective from June - 2010)
107 -Business Mathematics-J
2
__ r-2~---1 Properties of (Q 3 Plogres~io~___
31 i Definitions ofPr ~2 IArithIDetic Progr ~3 I Geometric Progr ~~~~~~~~~rogl35 I n term and sum
___116 pielaion betwee 4 ~~~~t~~~and Com
4J__LMeaning o[Pc_ ~2_ I Pemlutations of r~__Lg~~~ Permu 44~_Pennutio~oi ~ Restricted Penn ~46_ Meaning o[Com binations
~-~---------~~-~-----~~-~-~~l
47 Com~JementX Theore___~~__~_ -----I 48 Restricted Comb inations
----------~-~--shy
49 i Combinations of things nOI all d~fferent _______ 5 ~athi~at~aIInduction and Binomial Theo=m--_~_____
51 Introduction M athematicallnduction ~ -~ 52 Princip~es ofMathcmatica Induction arurreia~~pf~~~~~shy53 Introduction of Binomial Theorem Position of Terrns
L 11~ BiiomralCoe~cients BIMffiial Theorem wlthanyIOdex--- Reference Books J Business Mathematks D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor(S Chand amp Sons) 2 Mathematics for Economics and Business - KS Bhardwaj Excel Books New
Delhi 3 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tala McGraw-HilI) 4 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Gne Alka Goel (Taxroanns)
15
(Effective from June - 2010)
108 -COMMUNICATION SKILLS-I
Mark 70 Theory and 30 Practical
1 Source Text for Languagc- Vou can Win - Shiv Khcra -4 chapters
30 marks theory - l2 lectures 10 marks presentation 011 any Management Personality - lectures
2 Introduction to Business Communication
Communication Process Effective Business Communication (5Cs) Roadblocks to Effective Communication Improving Communication At Organisational level At individual level
Cross cultural communication
15 marks theory - 7 lectures 5 marks c1ass test - I lecture
3 Effective Written Communication
Language Layout Formal of Business Letters Writing Smart Business E mails Rules for Precis Writing Abstract Writing for Projects Research papers
15 marks theory - () lectures 5 marks Precis Writing Exercises- 2 lectures
4 Grammar The teacher would revise the theory of language and grammar studied by the students in schoo and then there should be a praetical presentation by the students covering different aspects of grammarl language like punctuation articles prepositions tenses and their ilk The students can use various means like role~plays dialogue delivery debates group discussions to show their comprehension of grammatical components It would be the discretion of the teaeher to assign tltem the topics aspects for presentation
10 marks theory ~ 8 1ectures 10 marks for activity - 4 lectures
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Business Communication by MK Sehgal Excel Books New Delhi
16
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
BBA Semoster-I (Effective from June - 2010)
101 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- I
Objectives This course presents introductory aspects of business management It focuses on meaning importance and functions of business management The objective is 10 help he students understand the fundamental concepts and principles ofmanagemenL
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Introduction - Definitions - Charaetedslies _ fmportance - Management Process and Functions - Management as an Art and Science - Management as a Profession shyU nivcrsalily of Management
UNIT 2 PLANNING Introduction Definitions - Charaeteristics - Importance - Planning Process - Planning Premises - Elements or Types of Plan DeciSion-making - Definitions and Process Forecasting - Meaning and Process
UNIT 3 ORGANISING Introduction - Definitions of Organising - Organising Process - PrinciplesQualities of Good Organisatioll~ Delegation and Deeentralisation - Concept and Difference Brief Idea Merits and Demerits of Functional Organisation Committee Organisation Concept of Matrix and Project Organisation _
UNIT 4 STAFFING AND DIJlECTlNG Staffing Introduction - Definition - ImpOrtance - Brief Idea of Main Staffing functions Directing - Introduction - Definition - Direcling and Coordination shyImportance ~ Brief Idea of Directing Tools (Definitions and Features of Leadership Motivation Communication and Supervision) - Communication Process and Barriers in Communieation
UNIT 5 CONTROLLING Introduction - Definition - Controlling Process - Importance of Controlling - Brief idea ofControUing Techniques - Ideal Controlling System
JlEFERENCE BOOKS
1 Rao VSP and Krishna v Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New Delhi
2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice ofManagemenl Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi
9
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
102 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION- I
Objectives To make the students familiar with different forms ofbusiness organizations their formation and managemenL
UNIT I
HUMAN OCCUPATION (Meaning features objectives and scope of following) t Business (Inclusive of Industry and commerce) 2 Profession ) Employment 4 Vocation
b BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS (Only conceptual clarity of followings three types ofsystems not detailed study) I Capilalism 2 Socialism 3 Mixed economy
UNIT 2
a fORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION Sole proprietorship Partnership Joint Stock Company~ Comiddotoperative society Public Enterprise Non-profit organization
b SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits
UNIT 3
a PARTNERSHIP Meaning characteristics j fonnation merits and demerits Types of Partnership firm Limited Liability Partnership Conversion of Partnership in to
Joint Stock Company
UNIT 4
a JOINT STOCK COMPANY Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Types of company the concept ofOne Person Company
b CO-OPERA T[VE SOCIETY Meaning characteristics fonnation merits and demerits Multi-State Cooperative Socity
UNIT 5
a PUBLIC ENTERPRISE Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits Role of Public Enterprise in infrastructure development
b NON-PROFIT ORGAN[SATION Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Role arNon-profit organization d~veiopment of society
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Fundamentals or Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan Suhanchand and Sons
2 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar
10
BRA Semester - (Effective from June - 2010)
103 -GROW111 AND STRUCTURE OF INDUSTRIES
Objecthcs To make the students familiar with the pattern of industries in India its history growth and future prospectus
UNIT L a Types oflndU5tries~ Location factors affecting industries b Small-scale industries in India- Definitions importance problems and
government measures UNIT 2
3 Industrial Policies- Current fndustrial Policies ofGovemment of India UNIT 3
a Governments role as promoter as a financier to Small Medium and Large Scale industries through Public Financial Institutions
UNIT 4 a Infrastructure as key Industrial inpul- Transport telecommunication and energ) sector
UNIT 5 a Industrial Sickness- Meaning current scenario causes and measures to
eliminate sickness b Technological changes in Indian Industries reCent trends its economic and
non-eeonomic sickness
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Indian Economy -By K V Sivayya 2 Indian Economy~ By Mishra and Puri 3 Indian Economy- By Sunderaro Dutt 4 Business Environment- Frnacis Cherunilam 5 Business Environment -ByMatherw
II
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
104 - Principles of Economics -I (MICRO-ECONOMICS)
J Defmition ofeconomics Classical Neo-classieai and scarcity defmition of economies Nature and Scope ofcoonomies ofeeonomics
2 Utility Utility total utility and marginal utility Law ofdiminishing marginal utility Law of equc-marginat utility
3 Theory of demand and supply meaning factors affecting to effective demand law of demand exceptions Meaning faetors affecting to supply and law of supply
4 Elasticity of demand meaning types ofit factors affecting to elasticity of demand methods to measure price elasticity ofdemand and practical significance of price elasticity ofdemand
5 Market structure meaning and features of perfect competition monopoly oligopoly and monopoJistie competition
Reference books
I Micro economics- by SKAgarwala Excel Books New DeihL 2 Business Economics- by M Adhikary Excel Books New DeIhL 3 Principles of eoonomics by PMBhutani-Taxmans 4 Micro-economics by DMMithani -Himalaya pub S Principles ofeeonomics bysundhram Vaish
12
BBA Scmesler-I (Effective from June - 2010) 105 - OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help Ihe students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50lVo and Practical 50
UNIT 1 COMPUTER An overview of hardware Input devices and Media Output
device and Media Main Storage Auxiliary or Backing storage Communication Equipment and System [nterconnection
UNIT2 INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM (MICROSOF WINDOWS 98)
1 Navigating Desktop (moving arranging line up icons) Taskbar properties 2 Windows 98 accessories WordPad Paint Calculator Sound recorder CD Player
System tools (concept of Scan disk Disk Defragmentation)
UNIT 3 1 Dialog Box- Display property Drive property File property 2 File and Foders- Crealion of Folders Copying Moving and Deleting files
and folderS file management utility Windows 98 explorer and creation of shortcut
3 Desktop icons- My computer (eoncept of connected drivers printer) Control Panel (mouse keyboard and dateJtime) Recycle bin
4 Printing offiles
UNIT 4 1 File Properties File name Size Creation Date amp Time and Attributes
Viewing properties 2 Customlzing the Start Manu Start menu properties adding amp removmg
programs Clearing doeument menu
UNIT S WORD PROCESSOR PACKAGE (MICROSOFT WORD 2003)
1 Concept of word proeessor 2 Screen components ofMS Word 2003 Window 3 Page setup fonnatting of page page preview 4 Creation of neW document opening existing documents saving dltKument
printing document 5 Seleeting copying pasting moving and formatting text text box formatting
paragraphs work art 6 MaH merge utility
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 ABC of WindowM 98 BPB Publication 2 Window~98 6 in Prantiee Hall Pubtlcation 3 Microsoft Offiee- 2003 Complete BPB Publieation 4 Word-20m No experLence required BPS Publication 5 Microsoft Word~ 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 6 ExceU-200J No experience required BPB Publication
Note Unit - t to 4 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 5 for 50 Marks Practical Exam
13
BBA Semester - I (Effective from June - 2010)
106middot PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCv
Level of knowledge Only basic vorking knowledge is required
Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statements
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I 3 Definition Nature and Scope of Accounting b Concept and Conventions ofAccounting Accounting as a Measurement
discipline Relationship of accounting with economics and statislics Role of Accountant Terns U$ed in financial accounting
c Business Transactions - Meaning and Classification Classification of Account Rules of Debit and Credit Accounting equation
UNIT2 a Journal Ledger Posting and Balancing of ledger accounts
UNIT 3 a Purchase Book Sales Book Purchase Rcturn Book Sales Return Book b Cash Book and Petty Cash Books
UNIT 4 s Preparation of Final Accounts- Trial Balance frofit amp Loss Account and Baianee
Sheet Closing entries Adjustments entries (Sole Proprietorship only)
UNIT 5 a Accounting Errors - Types of Errors Rectification of Errors Effects of
Errors on Final Accounts b Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Financial Accounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principles and Practice of Accountillg~ by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3Jntroduction to Accountancy-by SN Maheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentilte Han India New Delhi) 5Finaneial Accounting By Ashish Bhattacharya ( Prentice Hail India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by Pc Tusian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CONcw
Delhi) 7Principlcs and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-DalaI (BSShah Ahmedabad) 8Principles and Practice of Accounlancy -by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad)
14
BBA SemesteT-1 (Effective from June - 2010)
107 -Business Mathematics-J
2
__ r-2~---1 Properties of (Q 3 Plogres~io~___
31 i Definitions ofPr ~2 IArithIDetic Progr ~3 I Geometric Progr ~~~~~~~~~rogl35 I n term and sum
___116 pielaion betwee 4 ~~~~t~~~and Com
4J__LMeaning o[Pc_ ~2_ I Pemlutations of r~__Lg~~~ Permu 44~_Pennutio~oi ~ Restricted Penn ~46_ Meaning o[Com binations
~-~---------~~-~-----~~-~-~~l
47 Com~JementX Theore___~~__~_ -----I 48 Restricted Comb inations
----------~-~--shy
49 i Combinations of things nOI all d~fferent _______ 5 ~athi~at~aIInduction and Binomial Theo=m--_~_____
51 Introduction M athematicallnduction ~ -~ 52 Princip~es ofMathcmatica Induction arurreia~~pf~~~~~shy53 Introduction of Binomial Theorem Position of Terrns
L 11~ BiiomralCoe~cients BIMffiial Theorem wlthanyIOdex--- Reference Books J Business Mathematks D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor(S Chand amp Sons) 2 Mathematics for Economics and Business - KS Bhardwaj Excel Books New
Delhi 3 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tala McGraw-HilI) 4 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Gne Alka Goel (Taxroanns)
15
(Effective from June - 2010)
108 -COMMUNICATION SKILLS-I
Mark 70 Theory and 30 Practical
1 Source Text for Languagc- Vou can Win - Shiv Khcra -4 chapters
30 marks theory - l2 lectures 10 marks presentation 011 any Management Personality - lectures
2 Introduction to Business Communication
Communication Process Effective Business Communication (5Cs) Roadblocks to Effective Communication Improving Communication At Organisational level At individual level
Cross cultural communication
15 marks theory - 7 lectures 5 marks c1ass test - I lecture
3 Effective Written Communication
Language Layout Formal of Business Letters Writing Smart Business E mails Rules for Precis Writing Abstract Writing for Projects Research papers
15 marks theory - () lectures 5 marks Precis Writing Exercises- 2 lectures
4 Grammar The teacher would revise the theory of language and grammar studied by the students in schoo and then there should be a praetical presentation by the students covering different aspects of grammarl language like punctuation articles prepositions tenses and their ilk The students can use various means like role~plays dialogue delivery debates group discussions to show their comprehension of grammatical components It would be the discretion of the teaeher to assign tltem the topics aspects for presentation
10 marks theory ~ 8 1ectures 10 marks for activity - 4 lectures
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Business Communication by MK Sehgal Excel Books New Delhi
16
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
102 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION- I
Objectives To make the students familiar with different forms ofbusiness organizations their formation and managemenL
UNIT I
HUMAN OCCUPATION (Meaning features objectives and scope of following) t Business (Inclusive of Industry and commerce) 2 Profession ) Employment 4 Vocation
b BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS (Only conceptual clarity of followings three types ofsystems not detailed study) I Capilalism 2 Socialism 3 Mixed economy
UNIT 2
a fORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION Sole proprietorship Partnership Joint Stock Company~ Comiddotoperative society Public Enterprise Non-profit organization
b SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits
UNIT 3
a PARTNERSHIP Meaning characteristics j fonnation merits and demerits Types of Partnership firm Limited Liability Partnership Conversion of Partnership in to
Joint Stock Company
UNIT 4
a JOINT STOCK COMPANY Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Types of company the concept ofOne Person Company
b CO-OPERA T[VE SOCIETY Meaning characteristics fonnation merits and demerits Multi-State Cooperative Socity
UNIT 5
a PUBLIC ENTERPRISE Meaning eharacteristics formation merits and demerits Role of Public Enterprise in infrastructure development
b NON-PROFIT ORGAN[SATION Meaning characteristics formation merits and demerits Role arNon-profit organization d~veiopment of society
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Fundamentals or Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan Suhanchand and Sons
2 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar
10
BRA Semester - (Effective from June - 2010)
103 -GROW111 AND STRUCTURE OF INDUSTRIES
Objecthcs To make the students familiar with the pattern of industries in India its history growth and future prospectus
UNIT L a Types oflndU5tries~ Location factors affecting industries b Small-scale industries in India- Definitions importance problems and
government measures UNIT 2
3 Industrial Policies- Current fndustrial Policies ofGovemment of India UNIT 3
a Governments role as promoter as a financier to Small Medium and Large Scale industries through Public Financial Institutions
UNIT 4 a Infrastructure as key Industrial inpul- Transport telecommunication and energ) sector
UNIT 5 a Industrial Sickness- Meaning current scenario causes and measures to
eliminate sickness b Technological changes in Indian Industries reCent trends its economic and
non-eeonomic sickness
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Indian Economy -By K V Sivayya 2 Indian Economy~ By Mishra and Puri 3 Indian Economy- By Sunderaro Dutt 4 Business Environment- Frnacis Cherunilam 5 Business Environment -ByMatherw
II
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
104 - Principles of Economics -I (MICRO-ECONOMICS)
J Defmition ofeconomics Classical Neo-classieai and scarcity defmition of economies Nature and Scope ofcoonomies ofeeonomics
2 Utility Utility total utility and marginal utility Law ofdiminishing marginal utility Law of equc-marginat utility
3 Theory of demand and supply meaning factors affecting to effective demand law of demand exceptions Meaning faetors affecting to supply and law of supply
4 Elasticity of demand meaning types ofit factors affecting to elasticity of demand methods to measure price elasticity ofdemand and practical significance of price elasticity ofdemand
5 Market structure meaning and features of perfect competition monopoly oligopoly and monopoJistie competition
Reference books
I Micro economics- by SKAgarwala Excel Books New DeihL 2 Business Economics- by M Adhikary Excel Books New DeIhL 3 Principles of eoonomics by PMBhutani-Taxmans 4 Micro-economics by DMMithani -Himalaya pub S Principles ofeeonomics bysundhram Vaish
12
BBA Scmesler-I (Effective from June - 2010) 105 - OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help Ihe students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50lVo and Practical 50
UNIT 1 COMPUTER An overview of hardware Input devices and Media Output
device and Media Main Storage Auxiliary or Backing storage Communication Equipment and System [nterconnection
UNIT2 INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM (MICROSOF WINDOWS 98)
1 Navigating Desktop (moving arranging line up icons) Taskbar properties 2 Windows 98 accessories WordPad Paint Calculator Sound recorder CD Player
System tools (concept of Scan disk Disk Defragmentation)
UNIT 3 1 Dialog Box- Display property Drive property File property 2 File and Foders- Crealion of Folders Copying Moving and Deleting files
and folderS file management utility Windows 98 explorer and creation of shortcut
3 Desktop icons- My computer (eoncept of connected drivers printer) Control Panel (mouse keyboard and dateJtime) Recycle bin
4 Printing offiles
UNIT 4 1 File Properties File name Size Creation Date amp Time and Attributes
Viewing properties 2 Customlzing the Start Manu Start menu properties adding amp removmg
programs Clearing doeument menu
UNIT S WORD PROCESSOR PACKAGE (MICROSOFT WORD 2003)
1 Concept of word proeessor 2 Screen components ofMS Word 2003 Window 3 Page setup fonnatting of page page preview 4 Creation of neW document opening existing documents saving dltKument
printing document 5 Seleeting copying pasting moving and formatting text text box formatting
paragraphs work art 6 MaH merge utility
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 ABC of WindowM 98 BPB Publication 2 Window~98 6 in Prantiee Hall Pubtlcation 3 Microsoft Offiee- 2003 Complete BPB Publieation 4 Word-20m No experLence required BPS Publication 5 Microsoft Word~ 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 6 ExceU-200J No experience required BPB Publication
Note Unit - t to 4 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 5 for 50 Marks Practical Exam
13
BBA Semester - I (Effective from June - 2010)
106middot PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCv
Level of knowledge Only basic vorking knowledge is required
Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statements
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I 3 Definition Nature and Scope of Accounting b Concept and Conventions ofAccounting Accounting as a Measurement
discipline Relationship of accounting with economics and statislics Role of Accountant Terns U$ed in financial accounting
c Business Transactions - Meaning and Classification Classification of Account Rules of Debit and Credit Accounting equation
UNIT2 a Journal Ledger Posting and Balancing of ledger accounts
UNIT 3 a Purchase Book Sales Book Purchase Rcturn Book Sales Return Book b Cash Book and Petty Cash Books
UNIT 4 s Preparation of Final Accounts- Trial Balance frofit amp Loss Account and Baianee
Sheet Closing entries Adjustments entries (Sole Proprietorship only)
UNIT 5 a Accounting Errors - Types of Errors Rectification of Errors Effects of
Errors on Final Accounts b Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Financial Accounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principles and Practice of Accountillg~ by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3Jntroduction to Accountancy-by SN Maheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentilte Han India New Delhi) 5Finaneial Accounting By Ashish Bhattacharya ( Prentice Hail India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by Pc Tusian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CONcw
Delhi) 7Principlcs and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-DalaI (BSShah Ahmedabad) 8Principles and Practice of Accounlancy -by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad)
14
BBA SemesteT-1 (Effective from June - 2010)
107 -Business Mathematics-J
2
__ r-2~---1 Properties of (Q 3 Plogres~io~___
31 i Definitions ofPr ~2 IArithIDetic Progr ~3 I Geometric Progr ~~~~~~~~~rogl35 I n term and sum
___116 pielaion betwee 4 ~~~~t~~~and Com
4J__LMeaning o[Pc_ ~2_ I Pemlutations of r~__Lg~~~ Permu 44~_Pennutio~oi ~ Restricted Penn ~46_ Meaning o[Com binations
~-~---------~~-~-----~~-~-~~l
47 Com~JementX Theore___~~__~_ -----I 48 Restricted Comb inations
----------~-~--shy
49 i Combinations of things nOI all d~fferent _______ 5 ~athi~at~aIInduction and Binomial Theo=m--_~_____
51 Introduction M athematicallnduction ~ -~ 52 Princip~es ofMathcmatica Induction arurreia~~pf~~~~~shy53 Introduction of Binomial Theorem Position of Terrns
L 11~ BiiomralCoe~cients BIMffiial Theorem wlthanyIOdex--- Reference Books J Business Mathematks D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor(S Chand amp Sons) 2 Mathematics for Economics and Business - KS Bhardwaj Excel Books New
Delhi 3 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tala McGraw-HilI) 4 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Gne Alka Goel (Taxroanns)
15
(Effective from June - 2010)
108 -COMMUNICATION SKILLS-I
Mark 70 Theory and 30 Practical
1 Source Text for Languagc- Vou can Win - Shiv Khcra -4 chapters
30 marks theory - l2 lectures 10 marks presentation 011 any Management Personality - lectures
2 Introduction to Business Communication
Communication Process Effective Business Communication (5Cs) Roadblocks to Effective Communication Improving Communication At Organisational level At individual level
Cross cultural communication
15 marks theory - 7 lectures 5 marks c1ass test - I lecture
3 Effective Written Communication
Language Layout Formal of Business Letters Writing Smart Business E mails Rules for Precis Writing Abstract Writing for Projects Research papers
15 marks theory - () lectures 5 marks Precis Writing Exercises- 2 lectures
4 Grammar The teacher would revise the theory of language and grammar studied by the students in schoo and then there should be a praetical presentation by the students covering different aspects of grammarl language like punctuation articles prepositions tenses and their ilk The students can use various means like role~plays dialogue delivery debates group discussions to show their comprehension of grammatical components It would be the discretion of the teaeher to assign tltem the topics aspects for presentation
10 marks theory ~ 8 1ectures 10 marks for activity - 4 lectures
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Business Communication by MK Sehgal Excel Books New Delhi
16
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
BRA Semester - (Effective from June - 2010)
103 -GROW111 AND STRUCTURE OF INDUSTRIES
Objecthcs To make the students familiar with the pattern of industries in India its history growth and future prospectus
UNIT L a Types oflndU5tries~ Location factors affecting industries b Small-scale industries in India- Definitions importance problems and
government measures UNIT 2
3 Industrial Policies- Current fndustrial Policies ofGovemment of India UNIT 3
a Governments role as promoter as a financier to Small Medium and Large Scale industries through Public Financial Institutions
UNIT 4 a Infrastructure as key Industrial inpul- Transport telecommunication and energ) sector
UNIT 5 a Industrial Sickness- Meaning current scenario causes and measures to
eliminate sickness b Technological changes in Indian Industries reCent trends its economic and
non-eeonomic sickness
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Indian Economy -By K V Sivayya 2 Indian Economy~ By Mishra and Puri 3 Indian Economy- By Sunderaro Dutt 4 Business Environment- Frnacis Cherunilam 5 Business Environment -ByMatherw
II
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
104 - Principles of Economics -I (MICRO-ECONOMICS)
J Defmition ofeconomics Classical Neo-classieai and scarcity defmition of economies Nature and Scope ofcoonomies ofeeonomics
2 Utility Utility total utility and marginal utility Law ofdiminishing marginal utility Law of equc-marginat utility
3 Theory of demand and supply meaning factors affecting to effective demand law of demand exceptions Meaning faetors affecting to supply and law of supply
4 Elasticity of demand meaning types ofit factors affecting to elasticity of demand methods to measure price elasticity ofdemand and practical significance of price elasticity ofdemand
5 Market structure meaning and features of perfect competition monopoly oligopoly and monopoJistie competition
Reference books
I Micro economics- by SKAgarwala Excel Books New DeihL 2 Business Economics- by M Adhikary Excel Books New DeIhL 3 Principles of eoonomics by PMBhutani-Taxmans 4 Micro-economics by DMMithani -Himalaya pub S Principles ofeeonomics bysundhram Vaish
12
BBA Scmesler-I (Effective from June - 2010) 105 - OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help Ihe students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50lVo and Practical 50
UNIT 1 COMPUTER An overview of hardware Input devices and Media Output
device and Media Main Storage Auxiliary or Backing storage Communication Equipment and System [nterconnection
UNIT2 INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM (MICROSOF WINDOWS 98)
1 Navigating Desktop (moving arranging line up icons) Taskbar properties 2 Windows 98 accessories WordPad Paint Calculator Sound recorder CD Player
System tools (concept of Scan disk Disk Defragmentation)
UNIT 3 1 Dialog Box- Display property Drive property File property 2 File and Foders- Crealion of Folders Copying Moving and Deleting files
and folderS file management utility Windows 98 explorer and creation of shortcut
3 Desktop icons- My computer (eoncept of connected drivers printer) Control Panel (mouse keyboard and dateJtime) Recycle bin
4 Printing offiles
UNIT 4 1 File Properties File name Size Creation Date amp Time and Attributes
Viewing properties 2 Customlzing the Start Manu Start menu properties adding amp removmg
programs Clearing doeument menu
UNIT S WORD PROCESSOR PACKAGE (MICROSOFT WORD 2003)
1 Concept of word proeessor 2 Screen components ofMS Word 2003 Window 3 Page setup fonnatting of page page preview 4 Creation of neW document opening existing documents saving dltKument
printing document 5 Seleeting copying pasting moving and formatting text text box formatting
paragraphs work art 6 MaH merge utility
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 ABC of WindowM 98 BPB Publication 2 Window~98 6 in Prantiee Hall Pubtlcation 3 Microsoft Offiee- 2003 Complete BPB Publieation 4 Word-20m No experLence required BPS Publication 5 Microsoft Word~ 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 6 ExceU-200J No experience required BPB Publication
Note Unit - t to 4 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 5 for 50 Marks Practical Exam
13
BBA Semester - I (Effective from June - 2010)
106middot PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCv
Level of knowledge Only basic vorking knowledge is required
Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statements
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I 3 Definition Nature and Scope of Accounting b Concept and Conventions ofAccounting Accounting as a Measurement
discipline Relationship of accounting with economics and statislics Role of Accountant Terns U$ed in financial accounting
c Business Transactions - Meaning and Classification Classification of Account Rules of Debit and Credit Accounting equation
UNIT2 a Journal Ledger Posting and Balancing of ledger accounts
UNIT 3 a Purchase Book Sales Book Purchase Rcturn Book Sales Return Book b Cash Book and Petty Cash Books
UNIT 4 s Preparation of Final Accounts- Trial Balance frofit amp Loss Account and Baianee
Sheet Closing entries Adjustments entries (Sole Proprietorship only)
UNIT 5 a Accounting Errors - Types of Errors Rectification of Errors Effects of
Errors on Final Accounts b Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Financial Accounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principles and Practice of Accountillg~ by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3Jntroduction to Accountancy-by SN Maheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentilte Han India New Delhi) 5Finaneial Accounting By Ashish Bhattacharya ( Prentice Hail India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by Pc Tusian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CONcw
Delhi) 7Principlcs and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-DalaI (BSShah Ahmedabad) 8Principles and Practice of Accounlancy -by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad)
14
BBA SemesteT-1 (Effective from June - 2010)
107 -Business Mathematics-J
2
__ r-2~---1 Properties of (Q 3 Plogres~io~___
31 i Definitions ofPr ~2 IArithIDetic Progr ~3 I Geometric Progr ~~~~~~~~~rogl35 I n term and sum
___116 pielaion betwee 4 ~~~~t~~~and Com
4J__LMeaning o[Pc_ ~2_ I Pemlutations of r~__Lg~~~ Permu 44~_Pennutio~oi ~ Restricted Penn ~46_ Meaning o[Com binations
~-~---------~~-~-----~~-~-~~l
47 Com~JementX Theore___~~__~_ -----I 48 Restricted Comb inations
----------~-~--shy
49 i Combinations of things nOI all d~fferent _______ 5 ~athi~at~aIInduction and Binomial Theo=m--_~_____
51 Introduction M athematicallnduction ~ -~ 52 Princip~es ofMathcmatica Induction arurreia~~pf~~~~~shy53 Introduction of Binomial Theorem Position of Terrns
L 11~ BiiomralCoe~cients BIMffiial Theorem wlthanyIOdex--- Reference Books J Business Mathematks D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor(S Chand amp Sons) 2 Mathematics for Economics and Business - KS Bhardwaj Excel Books New
Delhi 3 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tala McGraw-HilI) 4 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Gne Alka Goel (Taxroanns)
15
(Effective from June - 2010)
108 -COMMUNICATION SKILLS-I
Mark 70 Theory and 30 Practical
1 Source Text for Languagc- Vou can Win - Shiv Khcra -4 chapters
30 marks theory - l2 lectures 10 marks presentation 011 any Management Personality - lectures
2 Introduction to Business Communication
Communication Process Effective Business Communication (5Cs) Roadblocks to Effective Communication Improving Communication At Organisational level At individual level
Cross cultural communication
15 marks theory - 7 lectures 5 marks c1ass test - I lecture
3 Effective Written Communication
Language Layout Formal of Business Letters Writing Smart Business E mails Rules for Precis Writing Abstract Writing for Projects Research papers
15 marks theory - () lectures 5 marks Precis Writing Exercises- 2 lectures
4 Grammar The teacher would revise the theory of language and grammar studied by the students in schoo and then there should be a praetical presentation by the students covering different aspects of grammarl language like punctuation articles prepositions tenses and their ilk The students can use various means like role~plays dialogue delivery debates group discussions to show their comprehension of grammatical components It would be the discretion of the teaeher to assign tltem the topics aspects for presentation
10 marks theory ~ 8 1ectures 10 marks for activity - 4 lectures
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Business Communication by MK Sehgal Excel Books New Delhi
16
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
BBA Semester -I (Effective from June - 2010)
104 - Principles of Economics -I (MICRO-ECONOMICS)
J Defmition ofeconomics Classical Neo-classieai and scarcity defmition of economies Nature and Scope ofcoonomies ofeeonomics
2 Utility Utility total utility and marginal utility Law ofdiminishing marginal utility Law of equc-marginat utility
3 Theory of demand and supply meaning factors affecting to effective demand law of demand exceptions Meaning faetors affecting to supply and law of supply
4 Elasticity of demand meaning types ofit factors affecting to elasticity of demand methods to measure price elasticity ofdemand and practical significance of price elasticity ofdemand
5 Market structure meaning and features of perfect competition monopoly oligopoly and monopoJistie competition
Reference books
I Micro economics- by SKAgarwala Excel Books New DeihL 2 Business Economics- by M Adhikary Excel Books New DeIhL 3 Principles of eoonomics by PMBhutani-Taxmans 4 Micro-economics by DMMithani -Himalaya pub S Principles ofeeonomics bysundhram Vaish
12
BBA Scmesler-I (Effective from June - 2010) 105 - OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help Ihe students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50lVo and Practical 50
UNIT 1 COMPUTER An overview of hardware Input devices and Media Output
device and Media Main Storage Auxiliary or Backing storage Communication Equipment and System [nterconnection
UNIT2 INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM (MICROSOF WINDOWS 98)
1 Navigating Desktop (moving arranging line up icons) Taskbar properties 2 Windows 98 accessories WordPad Paint Calculator Sound recorder CD Player
System tools (concept of Scan disk Disk Defragmentation)
UNIT 3 1 Dialog Box- Display property Drive property File property 2 File and Foders- Crealion of Folders Copying Moving and Deleting files
and folderS file management utility Windows 98 explorer and creation of shortcut
3 Desktop icons- My computer (eoncept of connected drivers printer) Control Panel (mouse keyboard and dateJtime) Recycle bin
4 Printing offiles
UNIT 4 1 File Properties File name Size Creation Date amp Time and Attributes
Viewing properties 2 Customlzing the Start Manu Start menu properties adding amp removmg
programs Clearing doeument menu
UNIT S WORD PROCESSOR PACKAGE (MICROSOFT WORD 2003)
1 Concept of word proeessor 2 Screen components ofMS Word 2003 Window 3 Page setup fonnatting of page page preview 4 Creation of neW document opening existing documents saving dltKument
printing document 5 Seleeting copying pasting moving and formatting text text box formatting
paragraphs work art 6 MaH merge utility
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 ABC of WindowM 98 BPB Publication 2 Window~98 6 in Prantiee Hall Pubtlcation 3 Microsoft Offiee- 2003 Complete BPB Publieation 4 Word-20m No experLence required BPS Publication 5 Microsoft Word~ 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 6 ExceU-200J No experience required BPB Publication
Note Unit - t to 4 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 5 for 50 Marks Practical Exam
13
BBA Semester - I (Effective from June - 2010)
106middot PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCv
Level of knowledge Only basic vorking knowledge is required
Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statements
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I 3 Definition Nature and Scope of Accounting b Concept and Conventions ofAccounting Accounting as a Measurement
discipline Relationship of accounting with economics and statislics Role of Accountant Terns U$ed in financial accounting
c Business Transactions - Meaning and Classification Classification of Account Rules of Debit and Credit Accounting equation
UNIT2 a Journal Ledger Posting and Balancing of ledger accounts
UNIT 3 a Purchase Book Sales Book Purchase Rcturn Book Sales Return Book b Cash Book and Petty Cash Books
UNIT 4 s Preparation of Final Accounts- Trial Balance frofit amp Loss Account and Baianee
Sheet Closing entries Adjustments entries (Sole Proprietorship only)
UNIT 5 a Accounting Errors - Types of Errors Rectification of Errors Effects of
Errors on Final Accounts b Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Financial Accounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principles and Practice of Accountillg~ by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3Jntroduction to Accountancy-by SN Maheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentilte Han India New Delhi) 5Finaneial Accounting By Ashish Bhattacharya ( Prentice Hail India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by Pc Tusian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CONcw
Delhi) 7Principlcs and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-DalaI (BSShah Ahmedabad) 8Principles and Practice of Accounlancy -by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad)
14
BBA SemesteT-1 (Effective from June - 2010)
107 -Business Mathematics-J
2
__ r-2~---1 Properties of (Q 3 Plogres~io~___
31 i Definitions ofPr ~2 IArithIDetic Progr ~3 I Geometric Progr ~~~~~~~~~rogl35 I n term and sum
___116 pielaion betwee 4 ~~~~t~~~and Com
4J__LMeaning o[Pc_ ~2_ I Pemlutations of r~__Lg~~~ Permu 44~_Pennutio~oi ~ Restricted Penn ~46_ Meaning o[Com binations
~-~---------~~-~-----~~-~-~~l
47 Com~JementX Theore___~~__~_ -----I 48 Restricted Comb inations
----------~-~--shy
49 i Combinations of things nOI all d~fferent _______ 5 ~athi~at~aIInduction and Binomial Theo=m--_~_____
51 Introduction M athematicallnduction ~ -~ 52 Princip~es ofMathcmatica Induction arurreia~~pf~~~~~shy53 Introduction of Binomial Theorem Position of Terrns
L 11~ BiiomralCoe~cients BIMffiial Theorem wlthanyIOdex--- Reference Books J Business Mathematks D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor(S Chand amp Sons) 2 Mathematics for Economics and Business - KS Bhardwaj Excel Books New
Delhi 3 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tala McGraw-HilI) 4 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Gne Alka Goel (Taxroanns)
15
(Effective from June - 2010)
108 -COMMUNICATION SKILLS-I
Mark 70 Theory and 30 Practical
1 Source Text for Languagc- Vou can Win - Shiv Khcra -4 chapters
30 marks theory - l2 lectures 10 marks presentation 011 any Management Personality - lectures
2 Introduction to Business Communication
Communication Process Effective Business Communication (5Cs) Roadblocks to Effective Communication Improving Communication At Organisational level At individual level
Cross cultural communication
15 marks theory - 7 lectures 5 marks c1ass test - I lecture
3 Effective Written Communication
Language Layout Formal of Business Letters Writing Smart Business E mails Rules for Precis Writing Abstract Writing for Projects Research papers
15 marks theory - () lectures 5 marks Precis Writing Exercises- 2 lectures
4 Grammar The teacher would revise the theory of language and grammar studied by the students in schoo and then there should be a praetical presentation by the students covering different aspects of grammarl language like punctuation articles prepositions tenses and their ilk The students can use various means like role~plays dialogue delivery debates group discussions to show their comprehension of grammatical components It would be the discretion of the teaeher to assign tltem the topics aspects for presentation
10 marks theory ~ 8 1ectures 10 marks for activity - 4 lectures
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Business Communication by MK Sehgal Excel Books New Delhi
16
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
BBA Scmesler-I (Effective from June - 2010) 105 - OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help Ihe students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50lVo and Practical 50
UNIT 1 COMPUTER An overview of hardware Input devices and Media Output
device and Media Main Storage Auxiliary or Backing storage Communication Equipment and System [nterconnection
UNIT2 INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM (MICROSOF WINDOWS 98)
1 Navigating Desktop (moving arranging line up icons) Taskbar properties 2 Windows 98 accessories WordPad Paint Calculator Sound recorder CD Player
System tools (concept of Scan disk Disk Defragmentation)
UNIT 3 1 Dialog Box- Display property Drive property File property 2 File and Foders- Crealion of Folders Copying Moving and Deleting files
and folderS file management utility Windows 98 explorer and creation of shortcut
3 Desktop icons- My computer (eoncept of connected drivers printer) Control Panel (mouse keyboard and dateJtime) Recycle bin
4 Printing offiles
UNIT 4 1 File Properties File name Size Creation Date amp Time and Attributes
Viewing properties 2 Customlzing the Start Manu Start menu properties adding amp removmg
programs Clearing doeument menu
UNIT S WORD PROCESSOR PACKAGE (MICROSOFT WORD 2003)
1 Concept of word proeessor 2 Screen components ofMS Word 2003 Window 3 Page setup fonnatting of page page preview 4 Creation of neW document opening existing documents saving dltKument
printing document 5 Seleeting copying pasting moving and formatting text text box formatting
paragraphs work art 6 MaH merge utility
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 ABC of WindowM 98 BPB Publication 2 Window~98 6 in Prantiee Hall Pubtlcation 3 Microsoft Offiee- 2003 Complete BPB Publieation 4 Word-20m No experLence required BPS Publication 5 Microsoft Word~ 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 6 ExceU-200J No experience required BPB Publication
Note Unit - t to 4 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 5 for 50 Marks Practical Exam
13
BBA Semester - I (Effective from June - 2010)
106middot PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCv
Level of knowledge Only basic vorking knowledge is required
Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statements
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I 3 Definition Nature and Scope of Accounting b Concept and Conventions ofAccounting Accounting as a Measurement
discipline Relationship of accounting with economics and statislics Role of Accountant Terns U$ed in financial accounting
c Business Transactions - Meaning and Classification Classification of Account Rules of Debit and Credit Accounting equation
UNIT2 a Journal Ledger Posting and Balancing of ledger accounts
UNIT 3 a Purchase Book Sales Book Purchase Rcturn Book Sales Return Book b Cash Book and Petty Cash Books
UNIT 4 s Preparation of Final Accounts- Trial Balance frofit amp Loss Account and Baianee
Sheet Closing entries Adjustments entries (Sole Proprietorship only)
UNIT 5 a Accounting Errors - Types of Errors Rectification of Errors Effects of
Errors on Final Accounts b Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Financial Accounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principles and Practice of Accountillg~ by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3Jntroduction to Accountancy-by SN Maheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentilte Han India New Delhi) 5Finaneial Accounting By Ashish Bhattacharya ( Prentice Hail India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by Pc Tusian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CONcw
Delhi) 7Principlcs and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-DalaI (BSShah Ahmedabad) 8Principles and Practice of Accounlancy -by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad)
14
BBA SemesteT-1 (Effective from June - 2010)
107 -Business Mathematics-J
2
__ r-2~---1 Properties of (Q 3 Plogres~io~___
31 i Definitions ofPr ~2 IArithIDetic Progr ~3 I Geometric Progr ~~~~~~~~~rogl35 I n term and sum
___116 pielaion betwee 4 ~~~~t~~~and Com
4J__LMeaning o[Pc_ ~2_ I Pemlutations of r~__Lg~~~ Permu 44~_Pennutio~oi ~ Restricted Penn ~46_ Meaning o[Com binations
~-~---------~~-~-----~~-~-~~l
47 Com~JementX Theore___~~__~_ -----I 48 Restricted Comb inations
----------~-~--shy
49 i Combinations of things nOI all d~fferent _______ 5 ~athi~at~aIInduction and Binomial Theo=m--_~_____
51 Introduction M athematicallnduction ~ -~ 52 Princip~es ofMathcmatica Induction arurreia~~pf~~~~~shy53 Introduction of Binomial Theorem Position of Terrns
L 11~ BiiomralCoe~cients BIMffiial Theorem wlthanyIOdex--- Reference Books J Business Mathematks D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor(S Chand amp Sons) 2 Mathematics for Economics and Business - KS Bhardwaj Excel Books New
Delhi 3 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tala McGraw-HilI) 4 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Gne Alka Goel (Taxroanns)
15
(Effective from June - 2010)
108 -COMMUNICATION SKILLS-I
Mark 70 Theory and 30 Practical
1 Source Text for Languagc- Vou can Win - Shiv Khcra -4 chapters
30 marks theory - l2 lectures 10 marks presentation 011 any Management Personality - lectures
2 Introduction to Business Communication
Communication Process Effective Business Communication (5Cs) Roadblocks to Effective Communication Improving Communication At Organisational level At individual level
Cross cultural communication
15 marks theory - 7 lectures 5 marks c1ass test - I lecture
3 Effective Written Communication
Language Layout Formal of Business Letters Writing Smart Business E mails Rules for Precis Writing Abstract Writing for Projects Research papers
15 marks theory - () lectures 5 marks Precis Writing Exercises- 2 lectures
4 Grammar The teacher would revise the theory of language and grammar studied by the students in schoo and then there should be a praetical presentation by the students covering different aspects of grammarl language like punctuation articles prepositions tenses and their ilk The students can use various means like role~plays dialogue delivery debates group discussions to show their comprehension of grammatical components It would be the discretion of the teaeher to assign tltem the topics aspects for presentation
10 marks theory ~ 8 1ectures 10 marks for activity - 4 lectures
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Business Communication by MK Sehgal Excel Books New Delhi
16
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
BBA Semester - I (Effective from June - 2010)
106middot PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCv
Level of knowledge Only basic vorking knowledge is required
Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statements
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I 3 Definition Nature and Scope of Accounting b Concept and Conventions ofAccounting Accounting as a Measurement
discipline Relationship of accounting with economics and statislics Role of Accountant Terns U$ed in financial accounting
c Business Transactions - Meaning and Classification Classification of Account Rules of Debit and Credit Accounting equation
UNIT2 a Journal Ledger Posting and Balancing of ledger accounts
UNIT 3 a Purchase Book Sales Book Purchase Rcturn Book Sales Return Book b Cash Book and Petty Cash Books
UNIT 4 s Preparation of Final Accounts- Trial Balance frofit amp Loss Account and Baianee
Sheet Closing entries Adjustments entries (Sole Proprietorship only)
UNIT 5 a Accounting Errors - Types of Errors Rectification of Errors Effects of
Errors on Final Accounts b Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement
REFERENCE BOOKS
I Financial Accounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principles and Practice of Accountillg~ by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3Jntroduction to Accountancy-by SN Maheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentilte Han India New Delhi) 5Finaneial Accounting By Ashish Bhattacharya ( Prentice Hail India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by Pc Tusian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CONcw
Delhi) 7Principlcs and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-DalaI (BSShah Ahmedabad) 8Principles and Practice of Accounlancy -by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad)
14
BBA SemesteT-1 (Effective from June - 2010)
107 -Business Mathematics-J
2
__ r-2~---1 Properties of (Q 3 Plogres~io~___
31 i Definitions ofPr ~2 IArithIDetic Progr ~3 I Geometric Progr ~~~~~~~~~rogl35 I n term and sum
___116 pielaion betwee 4 ~~~~t~~~and Com
4J__LMeaning o[Pc_ ~2_ I Pemlutations of r~__Lg~~~ Permu 44~_Pennutio~oi ~ Restricted Penn ~46_ Meaning o[Com binations
~-~---------~~-~-----~~-~-~~l
47 Com~JementX Theore___~~__~_ -----I 48 Restricted Comb inations
----------~-~--shy
49 i Combinations of things nOI all d~fferent _______ 5 ~athi~at~aIInduction and Binomial Theo=m--_~_____
51 Introduction M athematicallnduction ~ -~ 52 Princip~es ofMathcmatica Induction arurreia~~pf~~~~~shy53 Introduction of Binomial Theorem Position of Terrns
L 11~ BiiomralCoe~cients BIMffiial Theorem wlthanyIOdex--- Reference Books J Business Mathematks D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor(S Chand amp Sons) 2 Mathematics for Economics and Business - KS Bhardwaj Excel Books New
Delhi 3 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tala McGraw-HilI) 4 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Gne Alka Goel (Taxroanns)
15
(Effective from June - 2010)
108 -COMMUNICATION SKILLS-I
Mark 70 Theory and 30 Practical
1 Source Text for Languagc- Vou can Win - Shiv Khcra -4 chapters
30 marks theory - l2 lectures 10 marks presentation 011 any Management Personality - lectures
2 Introduction to Business Communication
Communication Process Effective Business Communication (5Cs) Roadblocks to Effective Communication Improving Communication At Organisational level At individual level
Cross cultural communication
15 marks theory - 7 lectures 5 marks c1ass test - I lecture
3 Effective Written Communication
Language Layout Formal of Business Letters Writing Smart Business E mails Rules for Precis Writing Abstract Writing for Projects Research papers
15 marks theory - () lectures 5 marks Precis Writing Exercises- 2 lectures
4 Grammar The teacher would revise the theory of language and grammar studied by the students in schoo and then there should be a praetical presentation by the students covering different aspects of grammarl language like punctuation articles prepositions tenses and their ilk The students can use various means like role~plays dialogue delivery debates group discussions to show their comprehension of grammatical components It would be the discretion of the teaeher to assign tltem the topics aspects for presentation
10 marks theory ~ 8 1ectures 10 marks for activity - 4 lectures
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Business Communication by MK Sehgal Excel Books New Delhi
16
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
BBA SemesteT-1 (Effective from June - 2010)
107 -Business Mathematics-J
2
__ r-2~---1 Properties of (Q 3 Plogres~io~___
31 i Definitions ofPr ~2 IArithIDetic Progr ~3 I Geometric Progr ~~~~~~~~~rogl35 I n term and sum
___116 pielaion betwee 4 ~~~~t~~~and Com
4J__LMeaning o[Pc_ ~2_ I Pemlutations of r~__Lg~~~ Permu 44~_Pennutio~oi ~ Restricted Penn ~46_ Meaning o[Com binations
~-~---------~~-~-----~~-~-~~l
47 Com~JementX Theore___~~__~_ -----I 48 Restricted Comb inations
----------~-~--shy
49 i Combinations of things nOI all d~fferent _______ 5 ~athi~at~aIInduction and Binomial Theo=m--_~_____
51 Introduction M athematicallnduction ~ -~ 52 Princip~es ofMathcmatica Induction arurreia~~pf~~~~~shy53 Introduction of Binomial Theorem Position of Terrns
L 11~ BiiomralCoe~cients BIMffiial Theorem wlthanyIOdex--- Reference Books J Business Mathematks D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor(S Chand amp Sons) 2 Mathematics for Economics and Business - KS Bhardwaj Excel Books New
Delhi 3 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tala McGraw-HilI) 4 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Gne Alka Goel (Taxroanns)
15
(Effective from June - 2010)
108 -COMMUNICATION SKILLS-I
Mark 70 Theory and 30 Practical
1 Source Text for Languagc- Vou can Win - Shiv Khcra -4 chapters
30 marks theory - l2 lectures 10 marks presentation 011 any Management Personality - lectures
2 Introduction to Business Communication
Communication Process Effective Business Communication (5Cs) Roadblocks to Effective Communication Improving Communication At Organisational level At individual level
Cross cultural communication
15 marks theory - 7 lectures 5 marks c1ass test - I lecture
3 Effective Written Communication
Language Layout Formal of Business Letters Writing Smart Business E mails Rules for Precis Writing Abstract Writing for Projects Research papers
15 marks theory - () lectures 5 marks Precis Writing Exercises- 2 lectures
4 Grammar The teacher would revise the theory of language and grammar studied by the students in schoo and then there should be a praetical presentation by the students covering different aspects of grammarl language like punctuation articles prepositions tenses and their ilk The students can use various means like role~plays dialogue delivery debates group discussions to show their comprehension of grammatical components It would be the discretion of the teaeher to assign tltem the topics aspects for presentation
10 marks theory ~ 8 1ectures 10 marks for activity - 4 lectures
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Business Communication by MK Sehgal Excel Books New Delhi
16
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
(Effective from June - 2010)
108 -COMMUNICATION SKILLS-I
Mark 70 Theory and 30 Practical
1 Source Text for Languagc- Vou can Win - Shiv Khcra -4 chapters
30 marks theory - l2 lectures 10 marks presentation 011 any Management Personality - lectures
2 Introduction to Business Communication
Communication Process Effective Business Communication (5Cs) Roadblocks to Effective Communication Improving Communication At Organisational level At individual level
Cross cultural communication
15 marks theory - 7 lectures 5 marks c1ass test - I lecture
3 Effective Written Communication
Language Layout Formal of Business Letters Writing Smart Business E mails Rules for Precis Writing Abstract Writing for Projects Research papers
15 marks theory - () lectures 5 marks Precis Writing Exercises- 2 lectures
4 Grammar The teacher would revise the theory of language and grammar studied by the students in schoo and then there should be a praetical presentation by the students covering different aspects of grammarl language like punctuation articles prepositions tenses and their ilk The students can use various means like role~plays dialogue delivery debates group discussions to show their comprehension of grammatical components It would be the discretion of the teaeher to assign tltem the topics aspects for presentation
10 marks theory ~ 8 1ectures 10 marks for activity - 4 lectures
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Business Communication by MK Sehgal Excel Books New Delhi
16
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 2010)
201 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT- II
This course presents some relevant aspects of business management It focuses historical development of management as well some issues related to modem management The objective is to help the students understand key issues related to modern management theory and practices
UNIT I SCHOOLS OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT
Introduction - Key Elements of various Schools Scientifie Management ScboolshyAdministrative School - System School ~ Human Relations School - Contingency School- Elementary Idea of Hav1home Experiments
UNIT 2 EMERGING ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
Professionalisation of Management in India Meaning ~ Reasons for Professionalisation - Challenges against professional Management in India Creativity and Innovation - Meaning of Creativity and Innovation - Role of Creativity shyManagerial Efforts Japanese and American Management - Key differences Management Information System - Concept and Importanee MHO - Meaning and Definition - Process - Merits and Demerits
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Functional Management Produetion Management - Concept and Functions Marketing Management - Concept and Key D~isjon Areas l~inaneial
Management - Concept and Key decisions
UNIT 4 MOTIVA TION AND LEADERSHIP THEORIES
Motivation Theories - Introduction - Maslows Need Hierarchy - Hertzbergs Two Factor theories - Theory X and Theory y~ Leadership Theories - Trait Theory shyManagerial Grid by Blake and Mouton - Fiedlers Contingency Theory
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Strategic Managementmiddot ~ Definition - Features - Difference between operating Management and Strategic Management - Strategic Planning Formulation Process - SWOT Analysis - Brief Idea of Strategy Implementation - Seven S Model
SUGGESTED REFERENCE 1 Rao VSP and Krishna V Hari Management Text amp Cases Excel Books New
Delhi 2 L M Prasad Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New
Delhi 3 Dr C B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand amp Sons New Delhi 4 David Fred R Strategic Management Prenlice Hall New Delhi
17
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
BBA Semester-II (Effective from November - 2010)
202 - FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANISATION-II
Objectives To make the students farnilinr with different forms of business organizations lheir fonnation and management
UNIT 1 bullbull COMPANY DOCUMENTS
1 Memorandum of Association and Doctrine of Ulra~vires 2 Articles of Association and Doctrine of Indoor Management 3 Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospeetus and elvil and criminal
liability for misrepresentation in prospeelus (Altemation in Memorandum and Artieles of Association wherever required)
UNIT 2 a SHARE CAPITAL
I Classification of snare capital 2 Types ofShares issued by a company ) Shares stoeks and debenlures 4 Share certificates and shares warrants (in brief)
UNIT 3 a COMAPNA Y MANAGEMNT
I Directors position qualifications appointments remuneration powers duties and responsibilities
2 Managing Directors 3 Managers 4 Company Secretary~position qualifications appointment rights duties and
responsibilities
UNIT 4 a BUSNIESS COMBINATION
1 Meaning Causes and Types of business combinations 2 A detailed study offollowing forms ofcombinations only
Pools
Cartels
Holding Company
Merger and amalgamations
UNIT 5 a LATEST TREND IN BUSINESS
A brief study following 1 Acquisition and takcover 2 E-commerce- a conceptual clarity only
REFERECE BOOKS I Fundamentals of Business Organisation By Y K Bhushan (Sultan Chand
and Sons) 3 Modem Business Organisation and Management By S A Sharlekar 4 Indian Economy By A N Ag(8wal 5 The Essence ofMerger and Acquisition By p S Sudarshan
18
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
BBA Semester-II (Erfective from November - 2010)
203middot PRACTICAL STUDIES
Objectives The objective of practical training is to develop among the students a feel about industrial environment and business practiee Also to develop a practical base in hem as a supplement to the theoretical study of the management in general
Guidelines
1 Minimum number of units to be visited One
2 The unit to be visited must be from the following sector a Manufacturing Unit b Non-manufacturing Unit (Trading Unit) c Serviee sector (Bank Insurance Financial institution Infrastructure unit etc) d Non-profit organization (Educational institution Charitable institution etc)
3 Nature of visit The visit will include the foHowing aspects n Fonn oforganization b Year ofestablishment and brief history c Promoters and existing managing group d Installed and utilized capacity e Industrial relations f Total employees Executives Officers SkiUed Semi skilled and unskilled employees g Contribution onne unit to the industry h Produets of the eompany i Manufacturing process of ther produets j Financial infonuation for the last year
Share Capital Authorised and Issued Reserve and Surplus Loan Fund Debentures Bank Loans etc Sa1es Loeal and export Profits Before tax after tal( Dividend Tax ete
k Marketing Channel of distribution Distributors Dealers etc Promotion activities Advertising Sales promotion etc Distribution
Note 1 The teacher eoncerned shall teach the students the topics referred to above prior to the visit to the industry
2 AU students shall draft their report independently which shall be ehecked aod certified by the teacher concemecL
The Practical Studies curriculum shall be assigned an over all weekly three credits equivalent teaching workload
19
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
204 - Principles of Economics -II (MICRO-ecONOMICS)
I Indian economic system Features of Indian economy Economic growth and Economic development
2 Population current scenario causes impacts on economy solutions and current population policy_
3 Poverty Meaning types poverty line current scenario causes and solutions
4 Unemployment Meaning types current scenario causes and solutions governments measures to eradicate unemployment
5 Agriculture importance problems ofIndian agriculture solutions and current agriculture policy
Reference books
L Macro Economies- by SKAgarwaIa Excel Books New Delhi 2 Business Economics~ by M Adhikary Excel Books New Delhi ) Indian economy by SK Misra amp VK Puri 4 Indian economy-Tata mc~graw-hm
20
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
BBA Semester - II (Effective from November - 20 I 0)
205 -OFFICE AUTOMATION
Objectives To help the students to recognize specify record store and process the office data and records effectively
Marks Theory 50 nnd Practical 50 UNIT 1
SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MICROSOFT EXCEL- 2003) I Concepts of workbook worksheet and Cell 2 Type of data- Entering Editing Deleting data into ceiL Fin cOlTunand series
command custom list Cell comment 3 Range 2-D Range 3middotD range
UNIT 2 1 Selecting Inserting Deleting Cell Rows Columns Ranges Cell Fonnatting 2 Relative Reference Ablioute Reference 3 Fonnulas operators Precedence of Operators Circular Reference
UNIT 3 t Library Function
bull Financial Funetions FVO PMTO PVO bull Statistical Funetions AVERAGE) MEDIANO MODEO STDEVO
VARO bull String Functions lENO RIGHTO lEFTO MIDO PROPERO
UPPERO WWERO bull Logical Functions AND() ORO NOTOIFO
2 Hidingunbinding Rows Columns Sheets Background ofsheet 3 Chart Wizard
UNIT 4 INTERNET
1 What is internet and intranet 2 Difference between internet and intranet 3 App1ication of internet e~mait chatting V()lce chatting video conference surfing 4 Concept ofWWW 5 Introduction to protocol
UNIT 5 NETWORKING
I Types of networking lAN MAN WAN 2 Introduction to computer virus 3 Introduction to Antivirus
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 foundations of IT by Dhiraj Sharma Exce Books New Delhi 2 ABC of Windowmiddot98 BPB Publication 3 Window-98 6 in 1 Prantice Hall Publica~ion 4 Microsoft Office- 2003 Complete BPB Publication 5 Word-2003 No experienee required BPB Publication 6 Microsoft Word- 2003 fast and easy BPB Publication 7 INTERNE1middot An Introduetjon TATA McGraw Hill Publication S BI~ Accounting package PBS Publication
Note Unit - 1 to 3 for 50 Marks Theory paper Unit - 4 and S for SO Marks Praetical EXltm
21
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
BBA Semesler -II (Effective from November - 2010)
206 - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ACCOUNTANCY
Level of knowledge Only basic working knowledge is required Objectives To develop conceptual understanding of the basic accounting system
through book-keeping mechanism and to prepare financial statemenls
Marks 70 Examples and 30 Theory
UNIT I a Accounting StandardsMDefinition Objectives Benefits Accounting Standards
Board of India Preparation of Aceounting Standard Setting the Accounting Standards in India Accounting Standard Published by Institute of Chanered Accountant of India (Only name of Accounting Standard)
UNIT 2 a Depredation Accounting- Concepl and Methods of depreciation Revenue and
Capita] expenditure (Practical problems based on Slraight Line Method and Reducing Balance Method only)
b Valuation of Inventories Concepts of Inventory Introduction to valuation methods Determining the physical inventory estimating the inventory value (Practical examples only on FIFO and LIFO methods)
UNIT 3 b Accounts of non~pront making organization Distinction between Capital and
Revenue Expenses Receipts and Payments Account Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet from the Receipt and Payment Account and other information given Distinction between Receipts and Payments Account and In0gtme and Expenditure Account
c Accounts of Professional finns Methods of Acltounting Preparation of final accounts
UNIT 4 a Accounts from ineomplete Records Single entry~ definition features and
limitations Statement of affairs Preparing Trading and Profit amp Loss account and Balance Sheet fonn incomplete records
UNIT 5 a Aceounts of Partnership Nature of Partnership accounts Fixed and fluetuating
capital Interest on drawings Interest on eapital Preparation of final aceounts of the firm with adjustments Distribution of profits among the partners
REFERENCE BOOKS
IFinancial Acrounting- by VK Goyal Excel Books New Delhi 2Principies and Practice of Aecounting- by Gupta and Gupta (Sultan Chand amp Sons
Delhi) 3 Introduction to Accountancy-by SNMaheshwari (Vikas Publishing House New
Delhi) 4Financial Accounting By Narayan Swamy (Prentice Hall india New Delhi) 5Financial Accounting By Ashisn Bhattacharya (Prentice Hall India New Delhi) 6Financial Accounting-by PC Tulsian (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing CoNew
Delhi) 7Principles and Practice of Accountancy-by Rana-Dalal (BSShahAhmedabad ) it Principles and Practice of Accountancy ~by SPShah (Mahajan Publishing House
Ahmedabad) 22
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
-----
1
BBA Semester- II (Effective from November - 2010)
207 ~ Business Mathematics-II
UniLIfhmiddotptcr _________ ___---] Derivative and its A lication __1 L~1 Introduction Derivative Ef a f~nctio ofone varia~~-====~-
12 Derivaive ltf a Power function ~onsLant with anz function __~~ i 13 peri~aliv~of the sum of function the pr~~ct~~~~o~~__--J ~) 4 Derivative of the 9uCltient of two functions ~ I 15 Dzrivative of a functiOrlof functioEJ~DeriVatfVeOf1Ogar~~h~li~ funlt~-J 6 Lo arithmic Differentiations DifTere~tiation ofirn~il fu~ction~__~ r~ Ra~~ of change ofquantit~~~_~ 18 Cost function Revenue function Profit fu-n-ctio-n----- ~ 19 MaT~al Propensitr~~sule~ marginal Pro~ns~ to s~veelisicity _~ i L to Price elasticit ofdemand Pri~e elasticity of supply ___ _~ I 111 Mar inal revenue Price elasticit ofdemand and Maximum revenue I
i 112 Perfect competition Monopoly Maxima and Minima OfafUnctiQn--middotmiddot---middotmiddot1iT ~---- ----~- ~--~
2Ii~d~~e lfi~riviesndParti1 Orivtive---~_middot___~[ 21_ In~roduction and examllesgJSecmiddotond Higher order Derivativ~s ==1
I 22 Functions of two or more variables 23 Ho~~eous functions __ -~----=
24 Related examples _____~_~____J
3 i IutegratioD and Ap~tatio1________~__________~j
iIL Introduction Standard Integrals CCc--=----~------J 1 32 J Int~8ration bv s~~stitution Integration by parts i 33 Some standard Integrals =-_==--~~~==-----34- -Inte ration b rationalfUtlctions b artial fractions I-------)5 I~~fini~e intCgraIS~____________ ___1I __
4 f Mathematics of Finance __----_-______-41 Jrtroduction Simple r~~ere~~COffil0und Interest __~~-jcmiddot-middot-middot~ 42 Effective rate of interest 43 1~~et value of mo~ under~ompou~~ereCst7~__-~===-middot=j-_1
-~4 Ann~ amount offan ordinartannuiiy S~nk=ingfund-____ I i 45 Present value of an ordin~ aI1luity ~ 46 ShllplellPplt~ations of2resent value concept to leasing 147 Capital Expenditllfe and Bonds 5 I Matn and Determinants ----------~~-
111 Definition ofmatrix T es of Matrix Matrix Operation __-~----~ 52 Pro erties of Determinants
i 1l~3 Determinants of Ordertw=o-aruJo-rder three Cramers ru-~-- -~I~4 ~eltedexamples_ ----=j
Reference Books 1 Business Mathematics D C Sancheti amp V K Kapoor (S Chand amp Sons) 2 Practical Business Mathematics amp Statistics Suranjan Saha (Tata McGraw-Hill) 3 Mathematics amp Statistics Ajay Goel Alku Goel (Taxmanns)
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24
BBA Semester -II (Effective from November - 2010)
208 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS -II
Marks 70 Theory and 30 Practical
Source Text for Language - You can Win - Shiv Kherll- 4 chps
30 marks theory - 12 lectures 05 marks Assignment on Application of text 10 Life 05 marks dass tesl based on text - 2 lee
2 Effective Business Presentation Public Speaking and its importance Planning and preparing a presentation Delivering a Presentation Handling Audience
15 marks theory - 9 leclures 10 marks Practical Presentation - 6 lectures
3 Group Discussion Skills Group Discussion and its relevance Guidelines for Effective Presentation Moderating the discussion Difference between Group Discussion and Debate
15 marks theory - 8 lectures 10 marks Practical - 3 lectures
4 Business Letter Writing Letters ofEnquiries and Replies Letters of Order and Cancellation
10 marks theory -5 lectures
References
1 Business Communication - MK Sehgal~ Vandana Khetatpa Excel Books New Delhi
2 Business Communieation - Rajenrlra Pal and ~orJahalli 3 Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers - N Unnila Rai and
SM Rai - Himalaya Publication - 2002 4 Business communication Strategies - Matthukutty Monipally - Tata Mc Graw
Hill Publishing Co S Public Speaking for Success - Dale Carnegie 6 Making Great Presentations - Ghassan Hasbani - ViYd Books PvC Ltd
24